Machine Translated by Google

Service.

Repair Manual
Audi A8 1994
Engine reference letters
AZC

Ignition and injection system-

Brochure
tion Motronic (12 cylinders)
Edition 05.01

After-Sales Service. Technical Information

Machine Translated by Google

Service.
Repair Manual Group Table
Audi A8 1994
Reference letters
engine AZC
Motronic ignition and injection system (12 cylinders)
Brochure
Edition 05.01
When storing a Technical Information, please enter the Information number next to the corresponding
repair group. When using the Repair Manual, you will then be able to see at a glance whether Technical
Information has been published for the repair group in question.

Repair group Technical Information

01 Self-diagnosis
24 Conditioning of the mixture, injection
28 Ignition

Technical documentation must absolutely be made available to foremen and mechanics because road
safety and vehicle reliability depend on its scrupulous and constant compliance.
Regardless of this, the general safety rules applying to the restoration of motor vehicles must of course be observed.

This work is protected under copyright law.

Its use is prohibited without the authorization of the owner of the rights. Printed in Germany
Copyright ÿ2001 Audi AG, Ingolstadt A00.5096.89.40
Machine Translated by Google

Audi A8 1994 Repair Manual

Reference letters
engine
AZC
Motronic ignition and injection system (12 cylinders)
Edition 05.01

A00.5081.43.40
Machine Translated by Google

Summary

01 Self-diagnosis Motronic System: self-diagnosis Page

- Essential explanations for understanding - must-read! .................................................... 01-1

........................... 01-1

- Self-diagnosis: technical characteristics - Meaning of the exhaust gas warning light ................ . . . . . ............................ 01-3

-K83 MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp) .... 01-5

- Meaning of the EPC -K132 warning light (electric throttle control fault warning light) ..... 01-7

- On-board diagnostic, measurement and information system VAS 5051: connection and selection of control devices for engine electronics or their functions Fault memory:

interrogation and deletion - Clearing the fault memory ............ 01-9

..................................... 01-16 01-18

........................... . . . . . .............................

- End the broadcast . . . . . . . . ............................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-20

Fault table (16397 to 17547) ................................................... 01-21

Fault table (17548 to 17967) ................................................... 01-51

Fault table (17972 to 19761) ................................................... 01-81

Actuator Diagnostics Basic Setting . ... ............................................................. 01-110

Control device: coding - Coding table . . . . ....................................................... 01-124

. . . . . ............................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-127

Measured value block: reading .................................................... 01-129

Code ”Readiness” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 01-133

- Readiness Code: Read -Engine Control Unit 1- - Generate Readiness Code -Engine Control Unit 1- - Readiness Code: . . . . ............................ 01-135

Read -Engine Control Unit 2- - Generate Readiness Code -Engine Control Unit 2- . . ............................ 01-140

. . . . ............................ 01-172

. . ............................ 01-177

24 Conditioning of the mixture, injection Page

Motronic injection system: overhaul - Safety measures . . ......................................... 24-1

. . . . . . ............................ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-1

- Cleanliness rules . . . . . . . . ............................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-3

- Technical characteristics. ............................ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-4

- Installation locations: overview - Cables and components: check using VAG 1598/31 - ............... . . . . . ............................ 24-5

Engine control unit: replacement - Idle speed: check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................ 24-31

.......... . . . . . ............................ 24-38

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-42

- Fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure: check - Injection flow, sealing and spray pattern of injectors: check 24-54 - Injectors: .......................... 24-49

check . ... ............................

. . . . . ............................. . . . . .

. . . . -J271:
- Fuel distributor with injectors: disassembly and assembly 24-68 - Fuel pump relay -J17 and activation: check - Current supply relay for Motronic . . . . . .check
. . . . .-.Voltage
. . . . . . .supply
. to the control unit: check -

Mass air flow sensor: check - Intake system: leakage test (parasitic air) ..... . . . . . ............................ 24-70

. . . . ............................ 24-76

. . . . . . ............................ 24-81

...................... . . . . . ............................. 24-84

.... . . . . . ............................ 24-101

Intake manifold: removing and installing - Intake manifold - Overview - Side section of ............................................... 24-104 24-104

the intake manifold, left side: removing and installing - Side section of the ................... . . . . . ............................. 24-108

intake manifold, right side: removing and installing - Upper section of the intake manifold: removing and installing - Lower section of the .......................

intake manifold: removing and installing Lambda control: checking - Important notes on lambda control of 12-cylinder engines - ......................... 24-111

Lambda control and lambda probes: checking - Working steps for cylinders 1 to 6 - Basic voltage of the lambda probes . . . . ............................ 24-114

upstream of the catalytic converter (cylinders 1 to 6): checking . . . . . ............................ 24-120

........................................................... 24-122 24-122

................

......... 24-128

........... 24-141
Machine Translated by Google

- Heating of the lambda probes upstream of the catalyst (cylinders 1 to 6): check ................. 24-145

- Basic voltage of the lambda probes downstream of the catalyst (cylinders 1 to 6): check .............. 24-150

- Heating of the lambda probes downstream of the catalyst (cylinders 1 to 6): check ................... 24-153

- Lambda regulation and lambda probes: control - Working steps for cylinders 7 to 12 ........ 24-158

- Basic voltage of the lambda probes upstream of the catalyst (cylinders 7 to 12): check .......... 24-171

- Heating of the lambda probes upstream of the catalyst (cylinders 7 to 12): check ............... 24-175

- Basic voltage of the lambda probes downstream of the catalyst (cylinders 7 to 12): check ............ 24-180

- Heating of the lambda probes downstream of the catalyst (cylinders 7 to 12): check .................. 24-183

- Lambda probes: removal and replacement ....................... . . . . . . ............................ 24-188

Tank ventilation: check - Solenoid valve 1 for activated carbon tank ........................................................ 24-190 24-190

-N80 (tank degassing valve): check - Solenoid valve 2 for activated carbon tank -N333 (tank degassing valve 2): check . . . .....

24-196

Electronic engine power control (electric throttle control): control . ...

- Electric throttle control system: function - Throttle valve control unit -J338: check - Throttle valve control unit: adaptation - Throttle . ............................ 24-202

drive angle senders: check - Throttle valve control unit -J544: check - Throttle valve control ............. . . . . . ............................ 24-204

unit: adaptation - Throttle drive angle senders: check Accelerator position senders: ................ . . . . . ............................ 24-205

check - Brake light switch -F and brake pedal switch -F47: check Additional signals: check - Crash signal: check . . . . . . ............................ 24-211

............. . . . . . ............................ 24-218

................ . . . . . ............................ 24-219

. . . . . ............................ 24-225

................................. 24-232

...................... 24-239

.................................................... 24-247

............................ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-247

- Speed signal: control. ............................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24-249

- Air conditioning compressor cut-off: check ........... . . . . . ............................ 24-250

- Data exchange between engine control devices and CAN-compatible control devices: control

................ . . . . . ............................ 24-254

28 Ignition Page
Ignition system: control - General guidelines for the ignition system ......................................................... 28-1

- Safety measures . . ........ . . . . . ............................

. . . . . . ............................ . . . . . 28-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-2

- Ignition: technical characteristics - Ignition coils: ..................... . . . . . ............................ 28-3

control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-4

- Ignition coil power output stages: check - Misfire detection system: check - Intake air temperature sender: check - . . . . . . ............................ 28-8

Coolant temperature sender -G62: check - Engine speed sender -G28: check - Anti-knock control: check of the .... . . . . . ............................ 28-13

control stop - Knock sensors: check - Hall senders (camshaft position sensors): check .. . . . . . ............................ 28-21

...................... 28-31

............. . . . . . ............................ 28-36

... . . . . . ............................ 28-40

......................... . . . . . ............................. 28-41

.................... 28-47
Machine Translated by Google

Motronic system: self-diagnosis

Essential explanations for understanding - a
must-read!
The 12-cylinder engine referred to in this Repair Manual is actually
composed of 2 VR6 engines - such as those of the VW group. The 12
cylinders act jointly on a crankshaft.

The engine's ignition and injection system is controlled by two engine

control units - one control unit for each cylinder bank (6 cylinders per
bank).

“Engine control unit 1” controls cylinders 1 to 6; “Engine control unit 2”

controls cylinders 7 to 12.

The two engine control units are identical (same part number); however,
engine control unit 1 has a dominant function (master) compared to
engine control unit 2 (slave). The two engine control units communicate
via a CAN data bus.

01-1

Both engine control units each have a fault memory, which must always
be read out in both engine control units (engine control unit 1: address
01; engine control unit 2: address 11).

The component diagnostics are carried out in the respective control

unit to which they are connected. Example: The injector of cylinder 8
-N326 is connected to the engine control unit 2. This component is
therefore monitored by the engine control unit 2, whose fault memory
records any faults, and not by the engine control unit 1.

Another example: If it is necessary to adapt the throttle control unit

-J338 to the engine control unit, this must be carried out at the engine
control unit 1, since the unit -J338 is connected to it.

To determine which control device a component is connected to, refer

to the current flow diagram.

01-2
Machine Translated by Google

Self-diagnosis: technical characteristics

Equipment

Data transmission between the control unit and the on-board diagnostic, measurement
and information system VAS
5051 is carried out in “Self-diagnosis” operating mode.

In order to enable rapid detection of the origin of the fault in the event of
In the event of a failure of an electrical/electronic component or a cable break, the
engine control devices are equipped with a
fault memory.

The possibilities of self-diagnosis can only be fully exploited with the on-board
diagnostic, metrology and
information VAS 5051.

The fault memory is a permanent memory, which does not depend

so no voltage supply.

01-3

Important :

ÿ If the control unit recognises a fault which could deteriorate the exhaust gas values,
activation of the warning light
Exhaust Gas Warning Light (MIL) in the instrument cluster indicates this fault.
Explanations of this warning light ÿ page 01-5.

ÿ Any fault affecting the electric throttle control is

additionally indicated via the corresponding indicator light (EPC indicator light
- “Electronic Power Control”) located in the instrument panel.

Explanations concerning this witness ÿ page 01-7.

01-4
Machine Translated by Google

Meaning of Exhaust Gas Warning Light -K83 MIL

(Malfunction Indicator Lamp)
When a fault concerning the exhaust gases is detected by
the engine control unit, the exhaust gas warning light comes on to indicate this.

Exhaust gas warning light mounting location

Use:

The exhaust gas warning light may flash or remain lit continuously. In both cases, the

fault memory ÿ page 01-16.

Exhaust gas warning light: flashing

ÿ There is a fault present in this operating state of the vehicle
A24ñ0322 may cause damage to the catalyst. In this case,
the vehicle should only be driven at reduced power (until
that the MIL light goes out or remains on continuously) and the
defect must be eliminated as quickly as possible!

Exhaust gas warning light: permanent lighting

ÿ There is a fault which is causing the exhaust gas values to deteriorate. Interrogate
the fault memory of the engine control unit or the automatic gearbox.

01-5

ÿ If the vehicle has a behavior defect or if the customer

formulate complaints and the exhaust gas warning light does not come on,
interrogate the fault memory after
having checked the operation of the gas warning light
exhaust, as faults can be recorded without
the exhaust gas warning light does not come on immediately.

Operational check:

– Turn on the ignition.

The exhaust warning light should come on.

– If the exhaust gas warning light does not come on, interrogate the fault memory ÿ
page 01-16.

Use:

Approximately 2 seconds after starting the engine, the warning light

exhaust gases go out.

01-6
Machine Translated by Google

Meaning of the EPC-K132 warning light (electric

throttle control fault warning light)
“EPC” is short for “Electronic Power Control”, which means “Electronic Engine Power
Regulation” (electric throttle control).

EPC Witness: Mounting Location

With the ignition on, the engine control unit activates the EPC warning light.

After the engine is started, the engine control unit monitors all important components that
ensure the operation of the electric throttle control system.

While these components are being checked, the EPC indicator light remains on for
A24ñ0323
approximately 3 seconds. If a fault is detected during the check, the indicator light
remains on continuously.

The engine control unit activates the EPC warning lamp if faults affecting the electric
throttle control system are detected while the engine is running. At the same time, the
fault is stored in the fault memory of the engine control unit (these faults are listed in the
fault table).

Witness: functional check

– Start the engine.

01-7

Assigned value: After starting the engine, the EPC warning light should illuminate for
approximately 3 seconds if no faults relating to the electric throttle control are stored in
the fault memory.

If the EPC indicator does not come on:

– Interrogate the fault memory of the engine control unit ÿ page 01-16.

01-8
Machine Translated by Google

On-board diagnostic, metrology and information system VAS

5051: connection and selection of control devices for engine
electronics or their functions

YOU 5051 Special tools, workshop devices, testing and measuring devices as well
as necessary auxiliaries

ÿ VAS 5051 On-board diagnostic, metrology and in-

formation

Prerequisites for control

Engine electronics fuses intact. ÿ Binder “Current

flow diagrams, Electrical equipment troubleshooting and Mounting locations”
W00ñ0706

The battery voltage must be at least 11.5 V.

Fuel pump relay intact.

Turn off the air conditioner.

On vehicles equipped with an automatic gearbox, the selector lever must be

in position “P” or “N”.

01-9

Operations process

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and information

system using the VAS 5051/1 diagnostic cable.

Attention !
ÿ During journeys during which measuring and control operations must
V.A.S be carried out, the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, metrology and
5051/1 information system must always be fixed to the rear seat and
controlled from there.

ÿ Take into account safety measures ÿ page 24-1

POLO

Use:
A01ñ0060 If the display shows a fault message: ÿ Operating
instructions for the on-board diagnostic, measurement and information system
VAS 5051.

01-10
Machine Translated by Google

YOU 5051

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– Activate the “Vehicle self-diagnosis” button.

A87ñ0312

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

Use:
1
Selecting the function “00 - Query fault memory - Global system” in field
-1- triggers an automatic test procedure, i.e. the fault memory of all self-
diagnostic systems in the vehicle is queried.

A01ñ0120

01-11

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

Depending on the desired function ÿ see table “Diagnostic functions”,

1 page 01-15:

– Turn on the ignition.

or

– Start the engine.

A01ñ0120

Select engine control unit 1:

– Select on screen
”01 - Engine electronics”.

or

select engine control unit 2

– Select on screen
”11 - Engine electronics 2”.

Use:
The procedure to follow after selecting the engine control unit 1 “01 -
Engine electronics” is described below.

01-12
Machine Translated by Google

– Wait until the following message appears on the screen:

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Identification of the engine control unit (in the example opposite it is the engine
1 control unit 1) ÿ page 01-14
2

2 - Identification of the immobilizer control device ÿ

page 01-14

The screen also displays the message: “read MSG 2 (11)”

A01ñ0121 This means that this is the engine control unit 1. However, the fault memory of the
engine control unit 2 (MSG 2; address 11) must also be read.

01-13

Engine control unit identification 1 (example)

01 - Engine electronics Vehicle system

4D0906018.. Part number; matching ÿ Spare parts

catalog
1)
6.0L 1) W12/4V 2) G 3) XXXX 4) Engine displacement
2)
W engine, 12 cylinders/4 valves ÿ G = Cruise
3)
control activated ÿ No display = no cruise
control or
cruise control not activated
4)
Current data level (software version) of the ordering app.

Coding 11753 Coding of the control unit (check ÿ page 01-124)

Workshop number 12345 Workshop location of the VAS 5051 with which the last coding was carried out

Identification of the immobilizer control device (example)

1)
WAUZZZ4DZ1N006441 1) AUZ7Z0Y1574198 2) 17-character vehicle identification number (chassis number)

2)
14-character immobilizer identification number

Use:

The identification of engine control unit 2 is identical to that of engine control unit 1 except for two details. On the one hand, the vehicle system displayed
is “11- Engine electronics”, and on the other hand, the message “Read MSG 2 (11)” is no longer displayed under the identification of the immobilizer
control unit, since engine control unit 2 (MSG 2) has already been selected.

01-14
Machine Translated by Google

– Press the key.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1
1 - Selection of diagnostic functions:

A01ñ0122

Diagnostic functions Contact d’al- Engine idling Rolling

lumage mis, vehicle
engine stopped

02 Query the fault memory non Yes Yes

03 Actuator diagnostics Yes non non

04 Basic setting Yes Yes Yes

05 Clear fault memory Yes Yes Yes

06 End the broadcast Yes Yes Yes

07 Coding the control unit Yes non non

08 Read the measured value block Yes Yes Yes

09 Read individual measurement non non non

10 Adaptation non non non

11 Access procedure non non non

01-15

Fault memory: querying and erasing

When interrogating the fault memory, both control units must always be
interrogated.
one after the other and their memory erased.

– Connect the on-board diagnostic, metrology and

VAS 5051 information page, then successively select control unit 1 by entering
“address” 01 and control unit 2 by entering “address” 11 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the engine must be idling.

Use:

If the engine does not start, run it for at least 5 seconds

using the starter, without then switching off the ignition.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “02 - Query fault memory”.
1

A01ñ0122

01-16
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Contents of the fault memory:
ÿ 0 defects recognized
2
1
or
ÿ X recognized defect(s)
2 - Fault ÿ
Fault code ÿ Fault
location ÿ Fault type

A87ñ0316

A - Defects have been detected:

– Start a screen print or print the auto-protocol

diagnostic.

– Complete the “02 - Query fault memory” function by pressing

pressing the key.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– Eliminate faults by referring to the fault table ÿ page

1 01-21.

– Select the diagnostic function “02 - Query fault memory” again in the field and delete
the contents of the fault memory ÿ page 01-18.

– Select the diagnostic function “06 - Finish” in the field

A01ñ0122
the broadcast“ ÿ page 01-20.

01-17

B - No faults were detected:

– Select the diagnostic function “06 - Finish” in the field

the broadcast“ ÿ page 01-20.

Important notes: ÿ If no fault is

recorded in the fault memory, do not erase the memory unnecessarily, otherwise the
“Readiness” code will be reset.

ÿ If the contents of the fault memory have been erased, it is imperative to generate the
“Readiness” code again ÿ page 01-140.

Clear fault memory

Use:

If it is not possible to clear the contents of the fault memory, interrogate the fault memory
again and clear the fault(s).

Prerequisites:

The fault memory has been queried ÿ page 01-16.

1

All defects have been removed.

At the end of the fault memory interrogation:

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

A01ñ0122 – In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “05 - Clear fault memory”.

01-18
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 screen display: 1 - ÿ No

display (before erasure)
1 2
or
ÿFault memory cleared

Use:
If the following message appears in display area -1-: “Fault memory not
queried”, the working procedure has not been strictly followed. The fault
memory can only be deleted after it has been queried first.
A87ñ0320

2 - Note:
Should the function be executed?
Note: Data is deleted!

– Press the “OK” button in display -2-.

– Complete the function “05 - Clear fault memory” by pressing

pressing the key.

– After the repair is complete, query the debug memory again.

faults of both control devices.

Use:
Faults that were recorded during troubleshooting operations, e.g. by
disconnecting plug connections, are thus deleted.

– If the contents of the fault memory have been erased, it is imperative to

generate the “Readiness” code again ÿ page 01-140.

01-19

End the show

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “06 - End transmission”.

1

A01ñ0122

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– After this message is displayed, switch off the ignition and disconnect the
1 diagnostic plug.

A01ñ0120

01-20
Machine Translated by Google

Fault table (16397 to 17547)

Use:
ÿ The table lists all faults that can be detected by both engine control units. The faults detected always concern the engine control unit
that recognised them. If the fault “control unit defective” is displayed in engine control unit 1, this must be replaced and not engine
control unit 2. The control unit identification (display on the VAS 5051) can be used to determine which engine control unit has been
selected.

ÿ Any anomaly affecting the sensors and components controlled is recorded in the fault memory with an indication of the type of fault.

ÿ Do not systematically replace components detected by the VAS 5051 as defective, but first check the connecting cables and plug
connections leading to these components with reference to the current flow diagram. Also check the earth connections with reference
to the current flow diagram. This measure applies especially if a fault is displayed as a “sporadic fault”.

ÿ Any fault affecting the electric accelerator control is further indicated by a warning light (“EPC warning light”) which
is located in the instrument cluster.
ÿ Any fault that could affect the exhaust gas values is indicated by an exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL), which is also located in the dash
panel insert. For some faults, the exhaust gas warning lamp lights up immediately as soon as the fault is detected. For other faults, the
exhaust gas warning lamp only lights up when the engine is started again and the fault is recognised again. ÿ As soon as the engine
control unit plug is disconnected or the battery is disconnected, all learning values stored in the control unit are deleted. However,
the contents of the fault memory are retained. If the engine is then started, the idling speed may be irregular for a short time.

The following adaptations must also be made ÿ page 24-205.

01-21

ÿ Faults are classified according to the 5-digit code in the left column of the table. ÿ If a stored fault no longer appears
during the following 40 warm-up phases, the fault code corresponds to
dant is automatically deleted.
ÿ Sporadic faults (faults occurring intermittently) are displayed on the VAS 5051 screen with the indication
“SP” (sporadic defect).

01-22
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P0013 16397 Bank 1, Camshaft Adjustment, Exhaust Control variable distribution

Malfunction 1)
P0023 16407 Bank 2, Camshaft Adjustment, Exhaust ÿ 12-cylinder engine, mechanical,
Malfunction 1) Repair group 15; Variable distribution:
control

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-23

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P0102 16486 Mass Air Flow Meter -G70 Check the mass air flow
Signal too weak 1) sensor
P0103 16487 Mass Air Flow Meter -G70 ÿ page 24-84
Signal too strong 1)
P0112 16496 Transm. température air admission -G42 Check the transmitter of
Signal too weak 1) intake air temperature
P0113 16497 Intake air temperature transm. -G42 ÿ page 28-24
Signal too strong 1)
P0116 16500 Coolant Temperature Transm. -G62 Check the coolant temperature
Signal non plausible 1) sender

P0117 16501 Coolant Temperature Transm. -G62 ÿ page 28-34

Signal too weak 1)
P0118 16502 Coolant Temperature Transm. -G62
Signal too strong 1)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-24
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P0130 16514 Bank 1- probe 1 Checking the lambda probe heater ÿ page
Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1) 24-145

P0131 16515 Bank 1- probe 1 Check the lambda probe signal transmission
Voltage too low 1) cable and activation ÿ page 24-141 or 24-172

P0132 16516 Bank 1- probe 1

Tension too high 1)
P0133 16517 Bank 1- probe 1
Signal too slow 1)
P0134 16518 Bank 1- probe 1 Checking the lambda probe heating ÿ
Absence of activity 1) page
24-145

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

01-25

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P0136 16520 Bank 1- probe 2 Check the connecting cables leading to

Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1) the engine control unit ÿ page 24-150 or
24-181

P0137 16521 Bank 1- probe 2 Check the lambda probe signal transmission
Voltage too low 1) cable and activation ÿ page 24-150 or 24-181

P0138 16522 Bank 1- probe 2

Tension too high 1)
P0139 16523 Bank 1- probe 2 Replace the corresponding probe upstream
Signal too slow of the catalyst (bank 1, probe 1) as a test
and carry out a test run; if this solution
proves ineffective:

Replace the lambda probe recognized as

defective ÿ page 24-189

P0140 16524 Bank 1- probe 2 Check the lambda probe

Absence of activity 1) heater ÿ page 24-145;
if the heater is intact, replace the lambda
probe

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

01-26
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P0150 16534 Banc 2 - sonde 1 Check the connecting cables leading to

Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1) the engine control unit

ÿ page 24-141
P0151 16535 Banc 2 - sonde 2 Check the transmission cable
Voltage too low 1) lambda probe signals as well
that the activation
P0152 16536 Bank 2 - probe 1 ÿ page 24-141 or 24-172
Tension too high 1)
P0153 16537 Bank 2 - probe 1
Signal too slow 1)
P0154 16538 Banc 2 - sonde 1 Check the lambda probe
Absence of activity 1) heater ÿ page 24-145;
if the heater
is intact, replace the probe
lambda

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-27

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P0156 16540 Bank 2, probe 2 Check the connecting cables leading to

Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1) the engine control unit

ÿ page 24-150 or 24-181

P0157 16541 Bank 2, probe 2 Check the transmission cable
Voltage too low 1) lambda probe signals as well
that the activation
P0158 16542 Banc 2, sonde 2 ÿ page 24-150 or 24-181
Tension too high 1)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-28
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P0159 16543 Banc 2, sonde 2 Replace the probe as a test

Signal too slow corresponding upstream of the catalyst
(bench 2, probe 1) and carry out a test
run; if this
solution proves ineffective:
Replace the lambda probe recognized as
being defective
ÿ page 24-189

P0160 16544 Bank 2, probe 2 Control the heating for probe

Absence of activity 1) lambda
ÿ page 24-145 ; if the heating
is intact, replace the probe
lambda

P0197 16581 Oil Temperature Sender -G8 Check the transmitter of

Signal too weak oil temperature (engine)

P0198 16582 Oil Temperature Sender -G8 ÿ 12-cylinder engine, mechanical;

Signal too strong Repair group 17

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-29

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P0209 16593 Cylinder 9 injector -N299 Check the injectors

Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1) ÿ page 24-61

P0210 16594 Injector cylinder 10 -N300 Electrical fault

in electrical circuit 1)

P0211 16595 Cylinder 11 Injector -N301

Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1)

P0212 16596 Injector cylinder 12 -N302 Electrical fault

in electrical circuit 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

2) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit activates the EPC warning light in the instrument panel as soon as
the fault is recognized. Meaning of the EPC witness ÿ01-7.

01-30
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P0285 16669 Cylinder 9 injector -N299 Check the injectors

1)
Short circuit to ground ÿ page 24-61
P0286 16670 Cylinder 9 Injector -N299
Short circuit at positive pole 1)
P0288 16672 Cylinder Injector 10 -N300
1)
Short circuit to ground

P0289 16673 Cylinder Injector 10 -N300

Short circuit at positive pole 1)
P0291 16675 Cylinder Injector 11 -N301
1)
Short circuit to ground

P0292 16676 Cylinder Injector 11 -N301

Short circuit at positive pole 1)
P0294 16678 Cylinder Injector 12 -N302
1)
Short circuit to ground

P0295 16679 Cylinder Injector 12 -N302

Short circuit at positive pole 1)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-31

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G
P0300 16684 Misfire detected 1) – Check the misfire detection system
combustion ÿ page 28-13
P0301 16685 Cyl. 1 Misfire Detected 1) – Fill up with fuel
P0302 16686 Cyl. 2 Misfire Detected 1) – Check the ventilation of the engine crankcase

P0303 16687 Cyl. 3 Misfire Detected 1)

P0304 16688 Cyl. 4 - Misfire Detected 1)
P0305 16689 Cyl. 5 Misfire Detected 1)
P0306 16690 Cyl. 6 Misfire Detected 1)
P0307 16691 Cyl. 7 Misfire Detected 1)
P0308 16692 Cyl. 8 Misfire Detected 1)

Use:
In the event of a fault that can be attributed to a lack of fuel (e.g. misfires), the fault “P1250 Level
“fuel fill too low” is also displayed. This means that the misfires have not been
detected following a technical fault, but due to a lack of fuel in the tank.
1) Depending on the fault recognized, the exhaust warning lamp (MIL) in the instrument cluster is activated
immediately or after two confirmations of the fault. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

01-32
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P0309 16693 Cyl. 9 Misfire Detected 1) – Check the combustion misfire detection
system
ÿ page 28-13
P0310 16694 Cyl. 10 Misfire Detected 1) – Fill up with fuel
P0311 16695 Cyl. 11 Misfire Detected 1) – Check the ventilation of the engine crankcase

P0312 16696 Cyl. 12 Misfire Detected 1)

Use:
In the event of a fault that can be attributed to a lack of fuel (e.g. misfires), the fault “P1250 Level
“fuel fill too low” is also displayed. This means that the misfires have not been
detected following a technical fault, but due to a lack of fuel in the tank.
1) Depending on the fault recognized, the exhaust warning lamp (MIL) in the instrument cluster is activated
immediately or after two confirmations of the fault. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

01-33

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P0321 16705 Engine speed sender -G28 Check the transmitter of

Signal non plausible 1) engine speed
P0322 16706 Engine speed sender -G28 ÿ page 28-39
No signal 1)
P0327 16711 Knock Sensor 1 -G61 Check the knock sensor
Signal too weak
P0328 16712 Knock Sensor 1 -G61 ÿ page 28-44
Signal too strong
P0332 16716 Knock Sensor 2 -G66
Signal too weak
P0333 16717 Knock Sensor 2 -G66
Signal too strong
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-34
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P0340 16724 Capt. camshaft position Check the Hall transmitter

Malfunction 1)
P0341 16725 Capt. position arbres cames ÿ transm. -G40 ÿ page 28-50
Signal non plausible 1)
P0346 16730 Camshaft position sensor ÿ transm. -G163
Signal non plausible 1)
P0366 16750 Capt. position arbres cames ÿ transm. -G300
Signal non plausible 1)
P0391 16775 Capt. position of camel trees ÿ transm. -G301
Signal non plausible 1)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-35

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P0421 16805 Precatalyst bank 1 Generate the “Readiness” code ÿ

Effect too weak 1) page 01-133. If the same fault
is displayed again, replace the
precatalyst, bench 1
ÿ Mechanics; Repair group 26;
System parts
Exhaust: removal and re-installation;
Catalyst: removal and re-installation

P0431 16815 Precatalyst bank 2 Generate the “Readiness” code ÿ

Effect too weak 1) page 01-133. If the same fault
is displayed again, replace the
precatalyst, bench 2
ÿ Mechanics; Repair group 26;
System parts
Exhaust: removal and re-installation;
Catalyst: removal and re-installation

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

Important note:
The pre-catalyst, bank 1 is assigned to cylinders 1, 2 and 3.
The pre-catalyst, bank 2 is assigned to cylinders 4, 5 and 6.
See also the overview of mounting locations

01-36
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P0441 16825 Tank degassing system Check the solenoid valves for
Defective flow 1) activated carbon tank, proceed
to a diagnosis of the actuators
in both control devices ÿ page 01-110

P0501 16885 Vehicle Speed Signal Interrogate the instrument cluster

Signal non plausible 1)
ÿ Electrical equipment; Group
repair 01; Instrument cluster: self-
diagnosis;
Fault memory: interrogation

P0506 16890 Idle speed control Proceed with the adaptation of the units
Speed below assigned value throttle control
ÿ page 24-206

P0507 16891 Idle speed control Check for the presence of parasitic air
Speed higher than assigned value in the system

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-37

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P0560 16944 Voltage supply Check the voltage supply to the

Signal non plausible engine control unit

P0562 16946 Voltage supply

Voltage too low
P0563 16947 Voltage supply
Tension too high

P0568 16952 Cruise control control GRA -E45 Referring to the current flow diagram,
Signal non plausible check the voltage supply to the control
or the connecting cables to the motor
control unit.

P0571 16955 Brake light switch -F Check the light switch

Signal non plausible stop and pedal switch
brake ÿ page 24-240

P0601 16985 Control unit faulty 1) Replace the engine control unit

P0604 16988 Control unit faulty 1) ÿ page 24-38

P0605 16989 Control unit faulty 1)

P0606 16990 Control unit faulty 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-38
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P0685 17069 Main relay ÿ -J271 Check the power relay

Cut 1) running for Motronic -J271
P0686 17070 Main relay ÿ -J271 ÿ page 24-76
1)
Short circuit to ground

P0687 17071 Main relay ÿ -J271

Short circuit at positive pole 1)
P1010 17418 Cylinder 9 injector -N299 Check the injectors
Cut 1)

P1011 17419 Cylinder Injector 10 -N300 ÿ page 24-61

Cut 1)

P1012 17420 Cylinder Injector 11 -N301

Cut 1)

P1013 17421 Cylinder Injector 12 -N302

Cut 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-39

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1055 17463 Bank 1, camshaft adjustment, exhaust Control variable distribution

Short circuit at positive pole 1)
P1056 17464 Bank 1, camshaft adjustment, exhaust ÿ Mechanics; Repair group 15; Variable
1)
Short circuit to ground distribution:
control; Variable distribution:
operational control

P1057 17465 Bank 1, camshaft adjustment, exhaust

Cut 1)

P1058 17466 Bank 2, camshaft adjustment, exhaust

Short circuit at positive pole 1)
P1059 17467 Bank 2, camshaft adjustment, exhaust
1)
Short circuit to ground

P1060 17468 Bank 2, camshaft adjustment, exhaust

Cut 1)

P1073 17481 Mass Air Flow Sensor 2 -G246 Check the mass air flow
Signal too weak 1) sensor

P1074 17482 Mass Air Flow Sensor 2 -G246 ÿ page 24-84

Signal too strong 1)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-40
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1075 17483 Lambda regulation (exhaust bank 3) Check lambda regulation for cylinders
System leans the mixture too much 7 to 12 ÿ page 24-158
P1076 17484 Lambda regulation (exhaust bank 3)
System enriches the mixture too much
P1077 17485 Lambda regulation (exhaust bank 4)
System leans the mixture too much
P1078 17486 Lambda regulation (exhaust bank 4)
System enriches the mixture too much
P1079 17487 Lambda regulation (exhaust bank 3)
Implausible regulation value
P1080 17488 Lambda regulation (exhaust bank 4)
Implausible regulation value

Use:
In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3, independently of each other: cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust
bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6 (exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust bank
4).

01-41

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1081 17489 Exhaust bench 3, mixture adaptation range 1

Depletion limit not reached1)
P1082 17490 Exhaust bench 3, mixture adaptation range 2 Check lambda regulation and
Depletion limit not reached1) lambda learning values for cylinders
7 to 12 ÿ page 24-158

P1083 17491 Exhaust bench 3, mixture adaptation range 1

Enrichment limit exceeded 1)
P1084 17492 Exhaust bench 3, mixture adaptation range 2
Enrichment limit exceeded 1)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

Use:
In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3, independently of each other: cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust
bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6 (exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust bank
4). “Range 1” means idling; “Range 2” means partial load

01-42
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1085 17493 Exhaust bench 4, mixture adaptation range 1

Depletion limit not reached1)
P1086 17494 Exhaust bench 4, mixture adaptation range 2 Check lambda regulation and
Depletion limit not reached1) lambda learning values for cylinders
7 to 12 ÿ page 24-158

P1087 17495 Exhaust bench 4, mixture adaptation range 1

Enrichment limit exceeded 1)
P1088 17496 Exhaust bench 4, mixture adaptation range 2
Enrichment limit exceeded 1)
P1089 17497 Bench 2, range 1 mixture adaptation Check lambda regulation and
Depletion limit not reached1) lambda learning values for cylinders
1 to 6 ÿ page 24-128

P1091 17499 Bench 2, range 1 mixture adaptation

Enrichment limit exceeded 1)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

Use:
In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3, independently of each other: cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust
bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6 (exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust bank
4). “Range 1” means idling; “Range 2” means partial load

01-43

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1102 17510 Bank 1 - probe 1, heating electr. circuit Short Check lambda probe heating
circuit to positive pole 1)
P1103 17511 Bank 1 - probe 1, heating electrical circuit Power ÿ page 24-145
too low 1)
P1105 17513 Bank 1 - probe 2, heating electr. circuit Short
circuit to positive pole 1)
P1107 17515 Bank 2 - probe 1, heating electr. circuit Short
circuit to positive pole 1)
P1108 17516 Bank 2 - probe 1, heating electrical circuit Power
too low 1)
P1110 17518 Bank 2 - probe 2, heating electr. circuit Short Check the heating of the lambda
circuit to positive pole 1) probe downstream of the catalyst
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

Use:
In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3, independently of each other: cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust
bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6 (exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust bank
4).

01-44
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1111 17519 Lambda regulation (cylinder bank 1) Check the lambda probe learning
System too poor values as well as
regulation
P1112 17520 Lambda regulation (cylinder bank 1)
System too rich ÿ page 24-133

Use:
In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3, independently of each other:
cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6 (exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders
10, 11 and 12 (exhaust bank 4).

01-45

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G
P1113 17521 Cylinder bank 1, probe 1 Check the probe heating
Internal resistance too high 1) lambda ÿ page 24-145
P1114 17522 Cylinder bank 1, probe 2 Check the transmission cable
Internal resistance too high 1) lambda probe signals as well
that the activation
ÿ page 24-150 or 24-181
P1115 17523 Bench 1 - probe 1, heating electrical circuit Check the probe heating
1)
Short circuit to ground lambda ÿ page 24-145
P1116 17524 Bench 1 - probe 1, heating electrical circuit Also check the heating
Cut 1) from the lambda probe downstream of
the catalyst

P1117 17525 Bench 1 - probe 2, heating electrical circuit

1)
Short circuit to ground

P1118 17526 Bench 1 - probe 2, heating electrical circuit

Cut 1)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

Use:
In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3, independently of each other:
cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6 (exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders
10, 11 and 12 (exhaust bank 4).

01-46
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1119 17527 Bench 2-probe 1, heating electrical circuit Check the probe heating
Short circuit to ground 1)
lambda

P1120 17528 Bench 2-probe 1, heating electrical circuit ÿ page 24-145 or 24-153
Cut 1)
P1121 17529 Bench 2 - probe 2, heating electrical circuit Check the probe heating
1)
Short circuit to ground lambda downstream of the catalyst

P1122 17530 Bench 2 - probe 2, heating electrical circuit

Cut 1)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

Use:
In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3, independently of each other:
cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6 (exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and
12 (exhaust bank 4).

01-47

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1127 17535 Bench 1, mixture adaptation (mult.) Perform a test run (fuel in oil)
System enriches the mixture too much 1)
Check system pressure
fuel supply
ÿ page 24-49
P1128 17536 Bench 1, mixture adaptation (mult.) Check the mass air flow
System leans the mixture too much 1) sensor
ÿ page 24-84
P1129 17537 Bench 2, mixture adaptation (mult.) Check lambda regulation ÿ
System enriches the mixture too much 1) page 24-128 or 24-158
P1130 17538 Bench 2, mixture adaptation (mult.) Check the injectors
System leans the mixture too much 1) ÿ page 24-61
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

Use:
mult. = “multiplicative”, means that the fault affects the entire engine speed range as well as the entire
charge states.

Use:
In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3, independently of each other:
cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6 (exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and
12 (exhaust bank 4).

01-48
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1131 17539 Cylinder bank 2 - probe 1 Checking the lambda probe heating ÿ
Internal resistance too high 1) page 24-145
Check the lambda probe signal transmission
cable and activation ÿ page 24-141

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

Use:

In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3, independently of each other: cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6
(exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust bank 4).

01-49

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1136 17544 Bench 1, mixture adaptation (add.) Perform a test run (fuel in oil)
System leans the mixture too much 1)

P1137 17545 Bench 1, mixture adaptation (add.) Checking the fuel system pressure ÿ page
System enriches the mixture too much 1) 24-49

P1138 17546 Bench 2, mixture adaptation (add.) Check the mass air flow
System leans the mixture too much 1) sensor ÿ page
24-84

P1139 17547 Bench 2, mixture adaptation (add.) Check the lambda probe upstream of
System enriches the mixture too much 1) the catalyst ÿ page 24-128

Check the solenoid valve for the

activated carbon tank ÿ page 24-191

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

Use:

add. = “additive”, means that the defect only has repercussions at idle.

Use:

In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3, independently of each other: cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6
(exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust bank 4).

01-50
Machine Translated by Google

Fault table (17548 to 17967)

Important: take note of the note, page 01-21

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1140 17548 Cylinder bank 2, probe 2 Checking the lambda probe heating ÿ
Internal resistance too high 1) page 24-153
Check the lambda probe signal transmission
cable and activation ÿ page 24-150 or 24-181

P1141 17549 Load detection Check if the installed throttle control unit is
Implausible value 1) correct (see part number)

Check the mass air flow

sensor ÿ page
24-84

P1143 17551 Load detection Replacing the engine control unit ÿ

Limit exceeded page 24-38

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

Use:

In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3, independently of each other: cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust gas bank 1), cylinders 4, 5
and 6 (exhaust gas bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust gas bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust gas bank 4).

01-51

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1147 17555 Lambda regulation cylinder bank 2 Check the lambda probe learning values
System too poor and the regulation

P1148 17556 Lambda regulation cylinder bank 2 ÿ page 24-133 or 24-158

System too rich

Use:

In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3, independently of each other: cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust gas bank 1), cylinders 4, 5
and 6 (exhaust gas bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust gas bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust gas bank 4).

01-52
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1149 17557 Lambda regulation cylinder bank 1 Check the lambda probe learning values
Implausible regulation value and the regulation ÿ page 24-128 or 24-158

P1150 17558 Lambda regulation cylinder bank 2 Checking the fuel system pressure ÿ page
Implausible regulation value 24-49

Check for the presence of parasitic air

P1151 17559 Bench 1, range 1 mixture adaptation
Poverty limit not reached1)
P1165 17573 Bench 1, range 1 mixture adaptation
Enrichment limit exceeded 1)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

Use:
In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3, independently of each other: cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust
bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6 (exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust bank
4). “Range 1” means idling; “Range 2” means partial load

01-53

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G
P1171 17579 Transm. angle 2 throttle drive -G188 Implausible Check the angle transmitter for
signal 1) 2) throttle drive
P1172 17580 Transm. angle 2 butterfly drive -G188 ÿ page 24-212
Signal too weak 1) 2)
P1173 17581 Transm. angle 2 throttle drive -G188 Signal too
strong 1)
P1176 17584 Bench 1, lambda correction after catalytic converter Replace the corresponding lambda
Regulation limit reached probe before the catalyst
P1177 17585 Bench 2, lambda correction after catalytic converter
Regulation limit reached
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

2) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit activates the EPC warning light in the instrument panel as soon as
the fault is recognized. Meaning of the EPC witness ÿ01-7.

01-54
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1196 17604 Bank 1 - probe 1, heating electrical circuit

Electrical fault 1)
P1197 17605 Bench 2 - probe 1, heating electrical circuit
Electrical fault 1)
P1198 17606 Bench 1 - probe 2, heating electrical circuit Check the probe heating
Electrical fault 1) lambda ÿ page 24-145
P1199 17607 Bench 2 - probe 2, heating electrical circuit Also check the heating
Electrical fault 1) from the probe downstream of the catalyst

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

Use:
In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3, independently of each other:
cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6 (exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders
10, 11 and 12 (exhaust bank 4).

01-55

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1201 17609 Injector cylinder 1 -N30 Check the injectors

Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1)
P1202 17610 Injector cylinder 2 -N31 ÿ page 24-61
Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1)
P1203 17611 Injector cylinder 3 -N32
Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1)
P1204 17612 Injector cylinder 4 -N33
Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1)
P1205 17613 Injector cylinder 5 -N83
Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1)
P1206 17614 Injector cylinder 6 -N84
Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1)
P1207 17615 Injector cylinder 7 -N85
Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1)
P1208 17616 Injector cylinder 8 -N86
Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-56
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1213 17621 Injector cyl. 1 -N30 Short circuit Check the injectors
to positive pole 1)

P1214 17622 Injector cyl. 2 -N31 Short circuit ÿ page 24-61

to positive pole 1)

P1215 17623 Injector cyl. 3 -N32 Short circuit

to positive pole 1)

P1216 17624 Injector cyl. 4 -N33 Short circuit

to positive pole 1)

P1217 17625 Injector cyl. 5 -N83 Short circuit

to positive pole 1)

P1218 17626 Injector cyl. 6 -N84 Short circuit

to positive pole 1)

P1219 17627 Injector cyl. 7 -N85 Short circuit

to positive pole 1)

P1220 17628 Injector cyl. 8 -N86 Short circuit

to positive pole 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-57

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1225 17633 Injector cyl. 1 -N30 1) Check the injectors

Short circuit to ground

P1226 17634 Injector cyl. 2 -N31 1) ÿ page 24-61

Short circuit to ground

P1227 17635 Injector cyl. 3 -N32 1)

Short circuit to ground

P1228 17636 Injector cyl. 4 -N33 1)

Short circuit to ground

P1229 17637 Injector cyl. 5 -N83 1)

Short circuit to ground

P1230 17638 Injector cyl. 6 -N84 1)

Short circuit to ground

P1231 17639 Injector cyl. 7 -N85 1)

Short circuit to ground

P1232 17640 Injector cyl. 8 -N86 1)

Short circuit to ground

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-58
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1237 17645 Injector cyl. 1 -N30 Cutoff 1) Check the injectors

P1238 17646 Injector cyl. 2 -N31 Cutoff 1) ÿ page 24-61

P1239 17647 Injector cyl. 3 -N32 Cutoff 1)

P1240 17648 Injector cyl. 4 -N33 Cutoff 1)

P1241 17649 Injector cyl. 5 -N83 Cutoff 1)

P1242 17650 Injector cyl. 6 -N84 Cutoff 1)

P1243 17651 Injector cyl. 7 -N85 Cutoff 1)

P1244 17652 Injector cyl. 8 -N86 Cutoff 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-59

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1250 17658 Fuel fill level – Consequence of this defect, see note
Too weak – Refuel, clear fault memory contents

– Query the instrument carrier fault memory

ÿ Electrical equipment; Repair group 01; Instrument

holder: self-diagnosis

P1292 17700 Thermostat for engine cooling Check the engine cooling thermostat
map command -F265 map-controlled engine -F265
Cut

P1293 17701 Thermostat for engine cooling ÿ Mechanics; Repair group 19

map command -F265
Short circuit at positive pole
P1294 17702 Thermostat for engine cooling
map command -F265
Short circuit to ground

P1296 17704 Cooling system fault

Use:

The message “Fuel level too low” is only recorded in the event of a combustion misfire.
or faults in the lambda regulation when there is too little fuel left in the tank. The fault remains
static in the control unit and does not turn into a sporadic fault, even if the customer has refueled in the meantime.

01-60
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1301 17709 Knock regulation cyl. 9 Regulation Check the anti-knock regulation
limit reached
P1302 17710 Knock regulation cyl. 10 Regulation ÿ page 28-43
limit reached
P1303 17711 Knock control cyl. 11 Control limit
reached
P1304 17712 Knock regulation cyl. 12 Regulation
limit reached
P1305 17713 Ignition activation cyl. 9 Control the final power
Cut 1) stages
P1306 17714 Ignition activation cyl. 9 ÿ page 28-8
Short circuit at positive pole 1)
P1307 17715 Ignition activation cyl. 9
1)
Short circuit to ground

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-61

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1308 17716 Ignition activation cyl. 10 Control the final power

Cut 1) stages
P1309 17717 Ignition activation cyl. 10 ÿ page 28-8
Short circuit at positive pole 1)
P1310 17718 Ignition activation cyl. 10
1)
Short circuit to ground

P1311 17719 Ignition activation cyl. 11

Cut 1)
P1312 17720 Ignition activation cyl. 11
Short circuit at positive pole 1)
P1313 17721 Ignition activation cyl. 11
1)
Short circuit to ground

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-62
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1314 17722 Ignition activation cyl. 12 Control the final power

Cut 1) stages
P1315 17723 Ignition activation cyl. 12 ÿ page 28-8
Short circuit at positive pole 1)
P1316 17724 Ignition activation cyl. 12
1)
Short circuit to ground

P1321 17729 Knock Sensor 3 -G198 Check the knock sensor

Signal too weak
P1322 17730 Knock Sensor 3 -G198 ÿ page 28-44
Signal too strong
P1323 17731 Knock Sensor 4 -G199
Signal too weak
P1324 17732 Knock Sensor 4 -G199
Signal too strong
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-63

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1325 17733 Knock control cyl. 1 Control limit Check the anti-knock regulation
reached
P1326 17734 Knock control cyl. 2 Control limit ÿ page 28-43
reached
P1327 17735 Knock control cyl. 3 Control limit
reached
P1328 17736 Knock control cyl. 4 Control limit
reached
P1329 17737 Knock control cyl. 5 Control limit
reached
P1330 17738 Knock regulation cyl. 6 Regulation
limit reached
P1331 17739 Knock control cyl. 7
Regulation limit reached
P1332 17740 Knock regulation cyl. 8 Regulation
limit reached

01-64
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1335 17743 Engine inertia torque monitoring 2 Check the control unit of the
Regulation limit exceeded 1) 2) butterfly ÿ page 24-205
Replace the engine control unit

ÿ page 24-38

P1336 17744 Engine torque monitoring Replace the engine control unit
Regulation limit exceeded
ÿ page 24-38

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

2) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit activates the EPC warning light in the instrument panel as soon as
the fault is recognized. Meaning of the EPC witness ÿ01-7.

01-65

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1337 17745 Bank1, camshaft position sensor ÿ -G163 Check the Hall transmitter
1)
Short circuit to ground

P1338 17746 Bank1, camshaft position sensor ÿ -G163 ÿ page 28-50

Open/short circuit at positive pole 1)

P1340 17748 Camshaft/Crankshaft Position Sensor Misassignment 1) Control variable distribution

P1347 17755 Bank 2, camshaft/crankshaft pos. sensor Wrong assignment ÿ Mechanics; Repair group 15
1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

2) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit activates the EPC warning light in the instrument panel as soon as
the fault is recognized. Meaning of the EPC witness ÿ01-7.

Use:

Fault code ”P1340” corresponds to the cylinder bank 1 intake camshaft position sensor -G40
Fault code ”P1347” corresponds to the cylinder bank 2 intake camshaft position sensor -G163

01-66
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1355 17763 Ignition activation cyl. 1 Control the final power

Cut 1) stages
P1356 17764 Ignition activation cyl. 1 ÿ page 28-8
Short circuit to positive pole 1)
P1357 17765 Ignition activation cyl. 1
1)
Short circuit to ground

P1358 17766 Ignition activation cyl. 2

Cut 1)
P1359 17767 Ignition activation cyl. 2
Short circuit to positive pole 1)
P1360 17768 Ignition activation cyl. 2
1)
Short circuit to ground

P1361 17769 Cyl. 3 Ignition Activation

Cut 1)
P1362 17770 Ignition activation cyl. 3
Short circuit to positive pole 1)
P1363 17771 Ignition activation cyl. 3
1)
Short circuit to ground

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-67

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1364 17772 Cyl. 4 Ignition Activation Control the final power

Cut 1) stages
P1365 17773 Cyl. 4 Ignition Activation ÿ page 28-8
Short circuit to positive pole 1)
P1366 17774 Ignition activation cyl. 4
1)
Short circuit to ground

P1367 17775 Ignition activation cyl. 5

Cut 1)
P1368 17776 Ignition activation cyl. 5
Short circuit to positive pole 1)
P1369 17777 Ignition activation cyl. 5
1)
Short circuit to ground

P1370 17778 Ignition activation cyl. 6

Cut 1)
P1371 17779 Ignition activation cyl. 6
Short circuit to positive pole 1)
P1372 17780 Ignition activation cyl. 6
1)
Short circuit to ground

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-68
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1373 17781 Ignition activation cyl. 7 Control the final power

Cut 1) stages
P1374 17782 Ignition activation cyl. 7 ÿ page 28-8
Short circuit to positive pole 1)
P1375 17783 Ignition activation cyl. 7
1)
Short circuit to ground

P1376 17784 Ignition activation cyl. 8

Cut 1)
P1377 17785 Ignition activation cyl. 8
Short circuit to positive pole 1)
P1378 17786 Ignition activation cyl. 8
1)
Short circuit to ground

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-69

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1386 17794 Control unit faulty Replace the engine control unit

P1387 17795 Control unit faulty ÿ page 24-38

P1388 17796 Control unit faulty 1) 2)

P1391 17799 Bank 2, camshaft position sensor ÿ -G40 Check the Hall transmitter
1)
Short circuit to ground

P1392 17800 Bench 2, capt. camshaft position ÿ -G40 ÿ page 28-50

Open/short circuit at positive pole 1)
P1409 17817 Tank vent valve -N80 Check solenoid valve 1 for
Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1) activated carbon filter ÿ page 24-191
P1410 17818 Tank vent valve -N80
Short circuit at positive pole 1)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

2) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit activates the EPC warning light in the instrument panel as soon as
the fault is recognized. Meaning of the EPC witness ÿ01-7.

01-70
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1411 17819 Bench 2, secondary air system Check the secondary air pump fuse
Flow rate too low 1)
Check the vacuum hoses

Check the hoses between the pump

and the secondary air injection valve

ÿ 12-cylinder engine, mechanical;

Repair group 26; Secondary air
system

P1414 17822 Bench 2, secondary air system

Leak detected 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

01-71

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1420 17828 Secondary air injection valve -N112 Check the secondary air
Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1) system

P1421 17829 Secondary air injection valve -N112 1) ÿ 12-cylinder engine, mechanical;
Short circuit to ground Repair group 26; Secondary air
system

P1422 17830 Secondary air injection valve -N112

Short circuit at positive pole 1)
P1423 17831 Bank 1, secondary air system Check the secondary air pump fuse
Flow rate too low 1)
Check the vacuum hoses

Check the hoses between the pump

and the secondary air injection valve

ÿ 12-cylinder engine, mechanical;

Repair group 26; Secondary air
system

P1424 17832 Bench 1, secondary air system

Leak detected 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

01-72
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1425 17833 Tank vent valve -N80 Check solenoid valve 1 for activated
1)
Short circuit to ground carbon filter

P1426 17834 Tank vent valve -N80 ÿ page 24-191

Cut 1)

P1432 17840 Secondary air injection valve -N112 Check the secondary air
Cut 1) system
ÿ 12-cylinder engine, mechanical;
Repair group 26; Secondary air
system

P1433 17841 Secondary Air Pump Relay -J299 Check the relay for secondary air system
Cut 1)

P1434 17842 Secondary Air Pump Relay -J299 ÿ 12-cylinder engine, mechanical;
Short circuit at positive pole 1) Repair group 26; Secondary air
system

P1435 17843 Secondary air pump relay -J299 1)

Short circuit to ground

P1436 17844 Secondary air pump relay -J299 Electrical fault in electrical
circuit 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

01-73

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1481 17889 Secondary Air Pump Relay 2 -J545 Check the relay for secondary air system
Cut 1)

P1482 17890 Secondary Air Pump Relay 2 -J545 ÿ 12-cylinder engine, mechanical;
Short circuit at positive pole 1) Repair group 26; Secondary air
system

P1483 17891 Secondary air pump relay 2 -J545 1)

Short circuit to ground

P1484 17892 Secondary Air Pump Relay 2 -J545

Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1)

P1485 17893 Secondary Air Injection Valve 2 -N320 Check secondary air system ÿ 12-cylinder
Cut 1)
engine, mechanical; Repair group 26;
Secondary air system

P1486 17894 Secondary air injection valve 2 -N320 Electrical fault in electrical
circuit 1)

P1487 17895 Secondary Air Injection Valve 2 -N320

1)
Short circuit to ground

P1488 17896 Secondary Air Injection Valve 2 -N320

Short circuit at positive pole 1)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

01-74
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1489 17897 Tank degassing valve 2 -N333 Check solenoid valve 2 for
Short circuit to positive pole 1) activated carbon filter ÿ page 24-191
P1490 17898 Tank degassing valve 2 -N333
1)
Short circuit to ground

P1491 17899 Tank degassing valve 2 -N333

Cut 1)
P1492 17900 Tank degassing valve 2 -N333
Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1)
P1494 17902 Tank ventilation system 2
Defective flow 1)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-75

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1500 17908 Fuel Pump Relay -J17 Check the fuel pump relay
Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1)
P1502 17910 Fuel Pump Relay -J17 ÿ page 24-49
Short circuit at positive pole 1)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-76
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1517 17925 Main relay ÿ -J271 Check the power relay

Electrical fault in electrical circuit running for Motronic -J271 ÿ
page 24-76
P1519 17927 Bench 1, camshaft adjustment ÿ Mechanics; Repair group 15; Variable
Malfunction 1) distribution:
control; Variable distribution:
operational control

P1522 17930 Bench 2, camshaft adjustment

Malfunction 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

Use:

Fault code P1519 relates to the intake camshaft adjustment of cylinder bank 1 (cyl. 1 to 6).
Fault code P1522 relates to the intake camshaft adjustment of cylinder bank 2 (cyl. 7 to 12).

01-77

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1523 17931 Airbag control app. collision signal Implausible signal Checking the collision signal ÿ page
24-248

P1526 17934 Bank 1, camshaft adjustment ÿ -N205 ÿ Mechanics; Repair group 15; Variable
Short circuit at positive pole 1) distribution:
control; Variable distribution:
operational control

P1527 17935 Bank 1, camshaft adjustment ÿ -N205 1)

Short circuit to ground

P1528 17936 Bank 1, camshaft adjustment ÿ -N205

Cut 1)

P1529 17937 Camshaft Timing Variator

Short circuit to positive pole 1)
P1530 17938 Camshaft Timing Variator
1)
Short circuit to ground

P1531 17939 Camshaft Timing Variator

Cut 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-78
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1534 17942 Bank 2, camshaft adjustment ÿ -N208 ÿ Mechanics; Repair group 15; Variable
Short circuit at positive pole 1) distribution:
control; Variable distribution:
operational control

P1535 17943 Bank 2, camshaft adjustment ÿ -N208 1)

Short circuit to ground

P1536 17944 Bank 2, camshaft adjustment ÿ -N208 Cut-off 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

01-79

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1542 17950 Transm. of angle we train. butterfly -G187 Check the angle transmitter
Signal non plausible 1) 2) from butterfly training

P1543 17951 Transm. d'angle entraînem. bow tie -G187 ÿ page 24-212
Signal too weak 1) 2)

P1544 17952 Throttle drive angle transm. -G187 Signal too strong 1)

P1545 17953 Throttle Control Check the control unit of

Malfunction 1) 2) papillon
P1558 17966 Throttle drive -G186 ÿ page 24-205
Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1) 2)

P1559 17967 Throttle Control Unit -J338

Fault in basic setting 1) 2)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

2) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit activates the EPC warning light in the instrument panel as soon as
the fault is recognized. Meaning of the EPC witness ÿ01-7.

01-80
Machine Translated by Google

Fault table (17972 to 19761)

Important: take note of the note, page 01-21

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1564 17972 Throttle Control Unit -J338 Check the throttle control unit
Undervoltage during basic setting
P1565 17973 Throttle Control Unit -J338 ÿ page 24-205
Lower stop not reached 1) 2)
P1568 17976 Throttle Control Unit -J338
Mechanical fault 1)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

2) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit activates the EPC warning light in the instrument panel as soon as
the fault is recognized. Meaning of the EPC witness ÿ01-7.

01-81

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1569 17977 Cruise Control Control -E45 Referring to the current flow diagram,
Signal non plausible check the voltage supply to the control
and the connecting cables from the
control to the

regulator to the engine control unit

P1570 17978 Engine control unit blocked Adapting the electronic immobilizer to the
engine control unit

ÿ Electrical equipment; Group

repair 01; Immobilizer: self-
diagnosis
P1571 17979 Electrov. G for engine suspension -N144 Check solenoid valve -N144
Short circuit to positive pole
P1572 17980 Electrov. G for engine suspension -N144 ÿ 12-cylinder engine, mechanical;
Short circuit to ground Repair Group 10
P1573 17981 Electrov. G for engine suspension -N144
Cut
P1574 17982 Electrov. G for engine suspension -N144
Electrical fault in electrical circuit

01-82
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1575 17983 Electrov. D for engine suspension -N145 Check solenoid valve -N145
Short circuit to positive pole
P1576 17984 Electrov. D for engine suspension -N145 ÿ 12-cylinder engine, mechanical;
Short circuit to ground Repair Group 10

P1577 17985 Electrov. D for engine suspension -N145

Cut

P1578 17986 Electrov. D for engine suspension -N145

Electrical fault in electrical circuit

P1579 17987 Throttle Control Unit -J338 Check the control unit of
Adaptation not started butterfly ÿ page 24-205
P1602 18010 Voltage supply terminal 30 Charge the battery
Voltage too low Check the voltage supply
of the engine control unit

ÿ page 24-81
P1603 18011 Control unit faulty 1) Replace the engine control unit

ÿ page 24-38

P1604 18012 Control unit faulty 1) 2)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

2) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit activates the EPC warning light in the instrument panel as soon as
the fault is recognized. Meaning of the EPC witness ÿ01-7.

01-83

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1609 18017 Crash cutoff has been triggered Accident with triggering of
air bag or
Actuator diagnostics performed at the
airbag control unit, resulting in a fault being
recorded

in the engine control unit

(clear fault memory)

P1612 18020 Engine control unit incorrectly coded Coding the engine control unit

ÿ page 01-124

P1615 18023 Oil Temperature Sender -G8 Check the transmitter of

Signal non plausible oil temperature (engine)
ÿ 12-cylinder engine, mechanical;
Repair Group 17

01-84
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1623 18031 Data bus transmission Check the CAN bus ÿ page
Absence de communication 1) 2) 24-248
P1624 18032 Fault indicator light request on Exhaust gas fault in the gearbox
Active control unit, MIL indicator is on

activated by the BV control

unit
Read the fault memory of the gearbox
control unit
P1626 18034 Data bus transmission Check the CAN bus ÿ page
No message from the BV command app. 24-248

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

2) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit activates the EPC warning light in the instrument panel as soon as
the fault is recognized. Meaning of the EPC witness ÿ01-7.

01-85

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1630 18038 Accelerator Position Transm. -G79 Check the throttle position transmitter
Signal too weak 1) 2)
P1631 18039 Transm. of throttle position. -G79 ÿ page 24-233
Signal too strong 1) 2)
P1633 18041 Transm. 2 throttle position. -G185
Signal too weak 1) 2)
P1634 18042 Transm. 2 throttle position. -G185
Signal too strong 1) 2)
P1639 18047 Transm. 1/2 position accelerator -G79+G185
Signal non plausible 1) 2)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

2) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit activates the EPC warning light in the instrument panel as soon as
the fault is recognized. Meaning of the EPC witness ÿ01-7.

01-86
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1640 18048 Control unit faulty 1) Replacing the engine control unit ÿ
page 24-38

P1647 18055 Check coding/variants of control devices in the drive train See note below

P1648 18056 Powertrain data bus faulty 1) Checking the CAN bus ÿ page 24-255

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

2) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit activates the EPC warning light in the instrument panel insert as soon as
the fault is recognised. Meaning of the EPC warning light ÿ01-7.

Use:

The fault “P1647” affects both control units. If this fault occurs, it means that there is a difference between the two control units that is not justified, e.g.
different software versions (recognizable after querying the control unit identification); the feed angle was set manually on one of the control units, while
it was not on the other; the speed regulator (GRA) is activated on one of the control units, while it is not on the other.

01-87

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1649 18057 Powertrain Data Bus ABS Control App Message Absent Checking the CAN bus ÿ page 24-255

P1650 18058 Powertrain Data Bus No Message from Instrument Cluster 1) Checking the CAN bus ÿ page 24-255

P1659 18067 Radiator fan control 1 Check the radiator fan control
Short circuit at positive pole
P1660 18068 Radiator fan control 1 ÿ 12-cylinder engine, mechanical;
Short circuit to ground Repair group 19
P1661 18069 Radiator fan control 2
Short circuit at positive pole
P1662 18070 Radiator fan control 2
Short circuit to ground

P1672 18080 Radiator fan control 1

Open/short circuit to ground

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

Use:

The “Radiator fan control 1” corresponds to the connection cable via which the engine control unit controls the electric fan relay.

The “Radiator fan control 2” is the connection cable via which the engine control unit controls the solenoid valve for the hydraulic fan. This solenoid
valve is mounted directly on the power steering pump.

01-88
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1853 18261 Data bus transmission Query the fault memory

Message non plausible app. comm. d’ABS of ABS
ÿ Chassis-suspension Self-diagnosis for
ABS, ESP; Group of
repair 01; Memory of
defects: query
Check the CAN bus ÿ page
24-255
P1854 18262 Data bus transmission Check the CAN bus ÿ page
Defective 24-255
P1900 18308 Radiator fan control 2 Check the radiator fan control

Open/short circuit to ground ÿ 12-cylinder engine, mechanical; Repair

group 19

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

Use:

The “Radiator fan control 2” corresponds to the connection cable, through which the device
The engine control valve controls the hydraulic fan solenoid valve. This solenoid valve is mounted directly on the
the power steering pump.

01-89

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1909 18317 Engine/Engine Data Bus The fault is only recorded in the engine
No message from engine comm. app 1 control unit 2

Engine control unit 2 does not

receive any messages from
engine control unit 1; see note

P1910 18318 Engine/Engine Data Bus The fault is only stored in the memory
No message from engine comm. app 2 of the engine control unit 1

Engine control unit 1 does not

receive any messages from
engine control unit 2

Use:

If the fault “P1909” is detected, it is necessary to check whether the data transmission cables (CAN cables) between the
two motor control units have an open circuit with reference to the current flow diagram (pins 58 and 60 of the corresponding motor control unit). If the
cables are in good condition, replace the unit
engine control 1.

If the fault “P1910” is detected, it is necessary to check whether the data transmission cables (CAN cables) between the
two motor control units have an open circuit, referring to the current flow diagram (pins 58 and 60 of the corresponding motor control unit). If the cables
are in good condition, replace the unit
2. Engine control.

01-90
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1923 18331 Read engine control unit 2 fault memory Read fault memory of engine control unit 2

(address 11) and eliminate the faults

referring to the table of
defects
P1924 18332 Control unit pin coding See note below
Signal non plausible

Use:

Both engine control units have the same part number. Engine control unit 1 communicates with engine control unit 2. Engine control unit 1 performs
certain functions, such as
than the determination of the assigned idle speed. The engine control unit 2 also performs certain functions,
such as misfire indication for all 12 cylinders.
Since both control devices are identical, but each must know the functions assigned to it, it is necessary to provide each device with pin coding. This
means that a positive signal is applied
to pin 49 of control unit 1 (terminal 15). On the other hand, a negative sign (ground) is applied to pin 49
of the engine control unit 2.
If the signals are not detected correctly, fault P1924 is recorded. Therefore, the positive pole of the
the engine control unit 1 or the negative pole of the engine control unit 2 referring to the diagram
of current path.

01-91

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P1925 18333 Additional Coolant Pump Relay- Additional pump relay

ment -J496 coolant -J496
Short circuit at positive pole
P1926 18334 Additional Coolant Pump Relay- ÿ 12-cylinder engine, mechanical; Repair
ment -J496 group 19
Short circuit to ground

P1927 18335 Additional Coolant Pump Relay -J496

Cut

P1934 18342 Fan Drive Circuit Temperature Sensor Check the temperature sensor of the drive
Radiator lator -G382 circuit of
Signal too weak Radiator fan -G382
ÿ 12-cylinder engine, mechanical; Repair
group 19

P1935 18343 Fan drive circuit temperature sensor

Radiator lator -G382
Signal too strong

01-92
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P3017 19473 Exhaust Gas Flap Valve 1 -N321 Check exhaust gas flap valve 1
Short circuit at positive pole -N321 ÿ 12-cylinder
P3018 19474 Exhaust Gas Flap Valve 1 -N321 engine, mechanical; Repair group
Short circuit to ground 26
P3019 19475 Exhaust Gas Flap Valve 1 -N321
Cut
P3020 19476 Exhaust Gas Flap Valve 1 -N321
Electrical fault in electrical circuit

01-93

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P3025 19481 Transm. angle 1 throttle drive 2 -G297 Implausible Check the throttle drive angle
signal 1) 2) sender ÿ page 24-226
P3026 19482 Transm. angle 1 butterfly drive 2 -G297
Signal too weak 1) 2)
P3027 19483 Transm. angle 1 throttle drive 2 -G297 Signal too
strong 1) 2)
P3028 19484 Transm. angle 2 throttle drive 2 -G298 Implausible Check the throttle drive angle
signal 1) 2) transmitter
P3029 19485 Transm. angle 2 butterfly drive 2 -G298 ÿ page 24-226
Signal too weak 1) 2)
P3030 19486 Transm. angle 2 throttle drive 2 -G298 Signal too
strong 1) 2)
P3031 19487 Throttle drive 2 -G296 Electrical fault in Check the throttle control unit ÿpage 24-219
electrical circuit 1) 2)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

2) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit activates the EPC warning light in the instrument panel as soon as
the fault is recognized. Meaning of the EPC witness ÿ01-7.

01-94
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P3032 19488 Throttle Control Unit 2 -J544 Check the throttle control unit ÿ page 24-219
Fault in basic setting 1) 2)

P3033 19489 Transm. 2 intake air temperature -G299 Signal Check the intake air temperature
too low 1) transmitter

P3034 19490 Transm. 2 intake air temperature -G299 Signal ÿ page 28-24
too strong 1)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

2) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit activates the EPC warning light in the instrument panel as soon as
the fault is recognized. Meaning of the EPC witness ÿ01-7.

01-95

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P3035 19491 Throttle Control Unit 2 -J544 Check the throttle control unit ÿ page
Mechanical fault 1) 2) 24-219

P3036 19492 Throttle Control Unit 2 -J544

Undervoltage during basic setting
P3037 19493 Throttle Control Unit 2 -J544
Adaptation not launched
P3038 19494 Throttle Control Unit 2 -J544
Lower stop not reached 1) 2)
1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

2) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit activates the EPC warning light in the instrument panel insert as soon as
the fault is recognised. Meaning of the EPC warning light ÿ01-7.

01-96
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P3200 19656 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 1, heating electrical circuit 1) Checking the lambda probe heating ÿ
Short circuit to ground page 24-176

P3201 19657 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 1, heating electr. circuit Short circuit to positive pole 1)

P3202 19658 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 1, heating electrical circuit Cut-off 1)

P3203 19659 Exhaust bank 3 - probe 1, heating electrical circuit Electrical fault 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

Use:

In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3 independently of each other: cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6
(exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust bank 4).

01-97

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P3206 19662 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 1 Check the connecting cables leading
Tension too high 1) to the motor control unit or check the base
voltage

P3207 19663 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 1 Electrical fault in ÿ page 24-172

electrical circuit 1)

P3208 19664 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 1

Absence of activity 1)

P3209 19665 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 1 Replace the lambda probe

Signal too slow 1)

P3210 19666 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 1, heating electrical circuit Power too low 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

Use:

In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3 independently of each other: cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6
(exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust bank 4).

01-98
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P3215 19671 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 2, heating electrical circuit 1) Checking the lambda probe heating ÿ
Short circuit to ground page 24-184

P3216 19672 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 2, heating electr. circuit Short circuit to positive pole 1)

P3217 19673 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 2, heating electrical circuit Cut-off 1)

P3218 19674 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 2, heating electrical circuit Electrical fault 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

Use:

In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3 independently of each other: cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6
(exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust bank 4).

01-99

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P3219 19675 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 2 Check the base voltage and the connecting
Internal resistance too high 1) cables ÿ page 24-181

P3220 19676 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 2

Voltage too low 1)

P3221 19677 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 2

Tension too high 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

Use:

In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3 independently of each other: cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6
(exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust bank 4).

01-100
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P3222 19678 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 2 Check the base voltage as well
Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1) that the connecting cables

P3223 19679 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 2 ÿ page 24-181

Absence of activity 1)

P3224 19680 Exhaust bench 3 - probe 2 Replace the probe as a test

Signal too slow corresponding upstream of the catalyst
(bench 3, probe 1) and carry out a test
run; if this
measure proves ineffective:
Replace the lambda probe recognized as
being defective
ÿ page 24-189

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

Use:

In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3 independently of each other:
cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6 (exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust
bank 4).

01-101

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P3230 19686 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 1, heating electrical circuit Check the probe heating
1)
Short circuit to ground lambda ÿ page 24-176

P3231 19687 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 1, heating electrical circuit

Short circuit at positive pole 1)
P3232 19688 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 1, heating electrical circuit
Cut 1)

P3233 19689 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 1, heating electrical circuit

Electrical fault 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

Use:

In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3 independently of each other:
cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6 (exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust
bank 4).

01-102
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P3236 19692 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 1 Check the connecting cables leading
Tension too high 1) to the motor control unit or check the base
voltage

P3237 19693 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 1 Electrical fault in ÿ page 24-172

electrical circuit 1)

P3238 19694 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 1

Absence of activity 1)

P3239 19695 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 1 Replace the lambda probe

Signal too slow 1)

P3240 19696 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 1, heating electrical circuit Power too low 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

Use:

In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3 independently of each other: cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6
(exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust bank 4).

01-103

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P3245 19701 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 2, heating electrical circuit 1) Checking the lambda probe heating ÿ
Short circuit to ground page 24-184

P3246 19702 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 2, heating electr. circuit Short circuit to positive pole 1)

P3247 19703 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 2, heating electrical circuit Cut-off 1)

P3248 19704 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 2, heating electrical circuit Electrical fault 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

Use:

In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3 independently of each other: cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6
(exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust bank 4).

01-104
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P3249 19705 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 2 Check the base voltage as well
Internal resistance too high 1) that the connecting cables

P3250 19706 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 2 ÿ page 24-181

Voltage too low 1)

P3251 19707 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 2

Tension too high 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

Use:

In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3 independently of each other:
cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6 (exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust
bank 4).

01-105

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P3252 19708 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 2 Check the base voltage as well
Electrical fault in electrical circuit 1) that the connecting cables

P3253 19709 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 2 ÿ page 24-181

Absence of activity 1)

P3254 19710 Exhaust bench 4 - probe 2 Replace the probe as a test

Signal too slow corresponding upstream of the catalyst
(bench 4, probe 1) and carry out a test
run; if this
measure proves ineffective:
Replace the lambda probe recognized as
being defective
ÿ page 24-189

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

Use:

In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3 independently of each other:
cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6 (exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust
bank 4).

01-106
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P3260 19716 Exhaust bench 1/2 - lambda probes swapped upstream of Lambda probe data sheets in
the catalyst upstream of the catalyst or the probes
they themselves have been reversed;
check the cards by referring
to the overview of the mounting locations

P3261 19717 Exhaust bench 3/4 - lambda probes swapped upstream of

the catalyst

P3262 19718 Exhaust bench 1/2 - lambda probes swapped downstream Lambda probe data sheets in
of the catalyst downstream of the catalyst or the probes
they themselves have been reversed;
check the cards by referring
to the overview of the mounting locations

P3263 19719 Exhaust bench 3/4 - lambda probes swapped downstream

of the catalyst

Use:

In lambda regulation, the cylinders are regulated in groups of 3 independently of each other:
cylinders 1, 2 and 3 (exhaust bank 1), cylinders 4, 5 and 6 (exhaust bank 2), cylinders 7, 8 and 9 (exhaust bank 3), cylinders 10, 11 and 12 (exhaust
bank 4).

01-107

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P3264 19720 Pre-catalyst exhaust bench 3 Generate the “Readiness” code ÿ

Effect too weak 1) page 01-133. If the same fault
is displayed again, replace the
precatalyst, bench 3
ÿ Mechanics; Repair group 26; System parts

Exhaust: removal and re-installation;

Catalyst: removal and re-installation

P3265 19721 Pre-catalyst exhaust bench 4 Generate the “Readiness” code ÿ

Effect too weak 1) page 01-133. If the same fault
is displayed again, replace the
precatalyst, bench 4
ÿ Mechanics; Repair group 26; System parts

Exhaust: removal and re-installation;

Catalyst: removal and re-installation

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit does not activate the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL)
only when the fault has been recognized after two consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning light
ÿ 01-5.

Important note:
The pre-catalyst, bank 3 is assigned to cylinders 7, 8 and 9.
The pre-catalyst, bank 4 is assigned to cylinders 10, 11 and 12.
See also the overview of mounting locations

01-108
Machine Translated by Google

Fault code Fault message Elimination of the defect

SAE V.A.G

P3300 19756 Bank 1, camshaft position sensor, exhaust ÿ -G300 Check the Hall transmitter
1)
Short circuit to ground

P3301 19757 Bank 1, Camshaft Position Sensor, Exhaust ÿ -G300 Open/Short to Positive Pole 1) ÿ page 28-50

P3302 19758 Bank 2, camshaft position sensor, exhaust ÿ -G301

1)
Short circuit to ground

P3303 19759 Bank 2, camshaft position sensor, exhaust ÿ -G301 Open/short circuit to positive
pole 1)

P3304 19760 Bank 1, exhaust camshaft position sensor -G300/sensor. Control variable distribution
crankshaft position -G28
Wrong assignment 1)

P3305 19761 Bank 2, exhaust camshaft position sensor -G301/sensor. ÿ Mechanics; Repair group 15
crankshaft position -G28
Wrong assignment 1)

1) In the event of this fault, the engine control unit only activates the exhaust gas warning lamp (MIL) when the fault has been recognised after two
consecutive engine starts. Meaning of the MIL warning lamp ÿ 01-5.

01-109

Actuator Diagnostics
Use:

ÿ Actuator diagnostics are performed individually in each engine control unit (engine
control unit 1: address 01, then function 03 -Actuator diagnostics-; engine control
unit 2: address 11, then function 03 -Actuator diagnostics-.

ÿ During actuator diagnostics, the components connected to the corresponding engine

control unit are activated; see list below.

ÿ Actuator diagnostics can only be performed when the engine is off and the ignition is
on.
ÿ Actuator diagnostics are interrupted as soon as the motor is
launched or a rev pulse is detected.

01-110
Machine Translated by Google

ÿ During diagnosis, each actuator is activated for approximately 1 minute (except

injectors), unless the next actuator is activated in the meantime via the key.

ÿ The actuators are checked acoustically or tactilely. ÿ The electric fuel pump
operates during the entire actuator diagnostic period. ÿ Before repeating the actuator
diagnostics, it is necessary to start the
engine, then switch off and switch on the ignition again.

01-111

When diagnosing actuators, the following components are activated in the order
listed below:

Actuator mounting location ÿ page 24-5.

Activation command for engine control unit 2 (address 11): ÿ page 01-114.

Activation order for engine control unit 1 (address 01):

1. Solenoid valve 1 for activated carbon tank

-N80 (tank degassing valve -N80)
2. Secondary air injection valve -N112
3. Secondary Air Pump Relay -J299
4. Banc 1, distribution variable -N205
5. Solenoid valve D for engine suspension
-N145 (right in the direction of travel)

6. Exhaust gas flap valve -

N321 (in the luggage compartment, next to the CD
changer)
7. Bench 1, variable valve timing, exhaust (solenoid
valve)

8. Radiator fan control 2 (solenoid valve mounted directly

on the power steering pump)

Continued, see next page

01-112
Machine Translated by Google

9. Radiator fan control 1

(the display reappears on the screen after pressing the
button - Warning: the electric radiator fan is switched on)

10. Additional liquid pump relay

cooling -J496

11. Injector cyl. 1 -N30 (the display reappears at

the screen after pressing the key;
the injector should then produce five clicks; it
same applies to the following injectors)

12. Injector cyl. 5 -N83

13. Injector cyl. 3 -N32

14. Injector cyl. 6 -N84

15. Injector cyl. 2 -N31

16. Injector cyl. 4 -N33

01-113

Activation order for engine control unit 2

(address 11):

1. Solenoid valve 2 for activated carbon tank

-N333 (tank 2 degassing valve)
-N333)
2. Secondary air injection valve 2 -N320
3. Secondary Air Pump Relay 2 -J545
4. Banc 2, distribution variable -N208
5. Solenoid valve G for engine suspension
-N144 (left in the direction of travel)
6. Bench 2, variable distribution, exhaust
(solenoid valve)

Continued, see next page

01-114
Machine Translated by Google

7. Injector cyl. 12 -N302 (display reappears

on the screen after pressing the key
; the injector must then produce five
clicks; the same applies to the following injectors)

8. Injector cyl. 8 -N86

9. Injector cyl. 10 -N300

10. Injector cyl. 7 -N85

11. Injector cyl. 11 -N301

12. Injector cyl. 9 -N299

01-115

Prerequisites for control

Engine electronics fuses intact.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

Fuel pump relay intact.

How the check is carried out

– Connect the on-board diagnostic, metrology and

VAS 5051 information, then successively select the engine control unit 1 by
entering “address” 01 and the engine control unit 2 by entering “address” 11 ÿ page

01-9.
During this operation, the ignition must be on.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “03 - Dia-

1 actuator diagnostics”.

Use:

Diagnosis of actuators in the engine control unit

1: The fuel pump relay should respond, the fuel pump should
operate and a backflow noise should be clearly audible at the
fuel pressure regulator level. If the fuel pump
A01ñ0122
does not work, check activation ÿ page 24-71.

01-116
Machine Translated by Google

Use:
Actuator mounting location ÿ page 24-5.
The actuators can now be activated in the order described above.

The actuators are clearly designated on the screen.

By pressing the button it is possible to switch to the next actuator until
,

the check is completed.

Before repeating the actuator diagnosis, it is necessary to
start the engine, then turn the ignition off and on again.

01-117

Basic setting
Use:
ÿ The basic setting is carried out individually in each engine control unit
(engine control unit 1:
address 01, then function 04 -Basic setting-; motor control unit 2:
address 11, then function 04 -Basic setting-
base-.

ÿ From the identification of the control device (display on

the controller), it is possible to determine in which device
engine control the program is currently located.

With the engine off and the ignition on, it is possible

to perform the following operation using the basic setting
“function 04”:

ÿ Adaptation of throttle control units to devices

Engine control ÿ Display group 60.

With the engine running, the following operations can be carried

out using the basic setting, “function 04”:

ÿ Lambda regulation learning process ÿpage 24-133.

ÿ Troubleshooting by targeted switching on and off of the

lambda regulation ÿpage 24-128.

01-118
Machine Translated by Google

Control conditions for operations carried out with the engine running

No anomalies recorded in the fault memories.

Coolant temperature 85°C min.

Power consumers off (when checking, the radiator fan must not be running).

Air conditioner off.

Selector lever in position P or N

Wheels in a straight line

01-119

How the check is carried out

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostics, measurement and information system, then
successively select engine control unit 1 by entering “address” 01 and engine control
unit 2 by entering “address” 11 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the ignition must be on.

Or, depending on the desired operation:

– Start the engine.

1

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function

“04 - Basic setting”.

A01ñ0122

01-120
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the 3-character display group number via the keypad -2-
789 desired res and validate by activating the Q key.
C0Q
Example :

– Enter “000” to select “Display group number 000” and confirm by pressing the Q key.
A01ñ0130

Use:

After selecting the display group number, the solenoid valve for the activated carbon
tank closes and the air conditioner compressor is switched off.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Display group 0
2 - Display area 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1243 5 6 7 8 9 10
– End the “04 - Basic setting” function by pressing the button.
That .

Assigned values of display group 000 for engine control units 1 and 2: see following
pages.
A01ñ0142

01-121

Display group 000 (decimal display values), control unit 1; cylinders 1 to 6

• Engine is idling (coolant temperature 85°C minimum)

Display areas Assigned value

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Learning value mixture training (lambda adaptor - bench 2, cyl. 4-6) 115 ... 139

Learning value. mixture formation (lambda adapt. 115 ... 139

- exhaust bench 1, cyl. 1-3)

Mixture formation regulation value (lambda 120 ... 136

regulator, exhaust bench 2, cyl. 4-6) (if out of tolerance,
perform a test run)

Mixture formation regulation value (lambda regulator - 120 ... 136

exhaust bench 1, cyl. 1-3) (if out of tolerance, perform a
test run)

Idle speed regulator learning value 111 ... 135

Idle speed regulator 110 ... 135

Throttle opening angle 0 ... 3

Engine speed (idle speed) 1) 52 ... 70

Engine load (without consumer) 14 ... 23

Coolant temperature (prerequisite for basic adjustment) 180 ... 207

1) Current values: ÿ
“Exhaust gas test” workbook

01-122
Machine Translated by Google

Display group 000 (decimal display values), control unit 2; cylinders 7 to 12

• Engine is idling (coolant temperature 85°C minimum)

Display areas Assigned value

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Learning value mixture training (lambda adaptor - bench 4, cyl. 10-12) 115 ... 139

Learning value. mixture formation (lambda 115 ... 139

adapt. - exhaust bench 3, cyl. 7-9)

Mixture formation regulation value (lambda 120 ... 136

regulator - exhaust bench 4, cyl. 10-12) (if out of
tolerance, perform a
test run)

Mixture formation regulation value (lambda regulator - 120 ... 136

exhaust bench 3, cyl. 7-9) (if out of tolerance, carry out a
test run)

Idle speed regulator learning value 111 ... 135

Idle speed regulator 110 ... 135

Throttle opening angle 0 ... 3

Engine speed (idle speed) 1) 52 ... 70

Engine load (without consumer) 14 ... 23

Coolant temperature (prerequisite for basic adjustment) 180 ... 207

1) Current values: ÿ
“Exhaust gas test” workbook

01-123

Control device: coding

Use:
ÿ There is currently only one coding for devices of
12-cylinder engine control, namely 11753.
ÿ If it is necessary to check the coding, this must be done for both engine control
units (engine control unit 1: address 01; engine control unit 2: address 11).

ÿ The coding procedure described below applies if additional coding variants are
available. In this case, the coding of each control unit must be carried out individually.

ÿ Note regarding the pin coding of the control devices

order ÿ page 01-128.

01-124
Machine Translated by Google

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostics, measurement and information system, then
successively select engine control unit 1 by entering “address” 01 and engine control
unit 2 by entering “address” 11 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the ignition must be on.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “07 - Coder

1 the control device”.

A01ñ0122

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the code
1
Max input value = 32767
123
2 456 – Enter the coding of the control device via the keyboard -2- by
789 referring to the coding table ÿ page 01-127.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

01-125

Meaning of coding

XX Country/Exhaust Gas
X Transmission/Additional
functions
X Gearbox

X Vehicle type

Coding example

11753 EU4 (emission standard), all-wheel drive with electronic

stability program (ESP), 5-speed automatic
transmission, Audi A8

– Confirm the entry by pressing the Q key.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Coding is done
1

123 – Wait for the following display to appear on the screen.

2 456
789
C0Q

A01ñ0130

01-126
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Coding performed in the vehicle system
1 2
Use:
If the message “Function unknown or cannot be executed” appears on the
display, the control unit cannot be coded or a
Unvalidated coding was entered.
2 - Identification of the control device with new coding
(old coding in parentheses)
A01ñ0136

– Complete the function “07 - Code the control unit” by pressing

pressing the key.

Coding table

Country/Exhaust Gas 11 EU4 (emission standard)

Transmission/Functions 7 All-wheel drive with electronic stability program

additional (ESP)

Gearbox 5 5-speed automatic transmission

Vehicle type 3 Audi A8

01-127

Note regarding “control device pin coding”

The pin coding of the control devices has no relation to the actual coding (function 07, such as
as described above).
Both engine control units have the same part number. Engine control unit 1 communicates with engine control unit 2. Engine control unit
1 performs certain functions, such as
than the determination of the assigned idle speed. The engine control unit 2 provides other functions, such as the display of misfires for
all 12 cylinders.
Since both control devices are identical, but each must know the functions assigned to it, it is necessary to provide each device with pin
coding. This means that a positive (+) signal is applied
to pin 49 of control unit 1 (terminal 15). On the other hand, a negative sign (ground) is applied to pin 49
of the control device 2.
If the signals are not detected correctly, fault P1924 is recorded. Therefore, the pole should be checked
positive at the engine control unit 1 or the negative pole at the engine control unit
2 with reference to the current flow diagram.

01-128
Machine Translated by Google

Measured value block: reading

Safety measures

If it is necessary to use control and measuring devices during test runs, take the following
points into account:

Attention !

ÿ During journeys during which measuring and control operations must be

carried out, the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, metrology and information
system must always be fixed to the rear seat and controlled from there.

If the control and measuring devices are operated from the front passenger seat, the
triggering of the front passenger airbag may, in the event of an accident, cause injuries
to the operator.

Prerequisites for control

Coolant temperature 85°C min.

Power consumers off (when checking, the radiator fan must not be running).

Air conditioner off.

Selector lever in position P or N

No anomalies recorded in the fault memory.

01-129

Operations process

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostics, measurement and information system, then
successively select engine control unit 1 by entering “address” 01 and engine control
unit 2 by entering “address” 11 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the engine must be idling.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “08 - Read measured value block”.
1

A01ñ0122

01-130
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the 3-character display group number via the keypad -2-
789 desired res and validate by activating the Q key.
C0Q
Use:

Select the display group based on the corresponding operating and component
A01ñ0130 controls.

VAS 5051 screen display for display group 000:

1 - Display group 0
2 - Display area 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1243 5 6 7 8 9 10

A01ñ0142

01-131

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display for Display Group

001 ... 255 :
1 2
1 - Display group X
2 - Display area 1
3
Display area 2
Display area 3
Display area 4

Use:
A01ñ0137
ÿ If a zone is not assigned, no display appears.
ÿ The display can also be subdivided into several zones: the
“Read measured value block” function is shown in
the upper area, while the lower area is intended for the
“Basic setting” function. By pressing the corresponding “buttons”, it is possible to
switch from one function to another.
ÿ Proceed as follows to switch from one display group to another:

Display group YOU 5051

Superior Press the key

Lower Press the key

– End the function “08 - Read measured value block” by pressing the key.

01-132
Machine Translated by Google

Code ”Readiness”
The Readiness code must be generated individually in each engine control
device. When the Readiness code is generated
In control unit 1 (address 01), all operations performed concern cylinder
bank 1 (cylinders 1 to 6). When
Readiness code is generated in control device 2 (address
11), all operations carried out concern the cylinder bank
2 (cylinders 7 to 12).

The “Readiness” code appears as an 8-character display in

the measured value block 086, display area 1. Each of the 8
characters correspond to a given component of the exhaust system.

If the operation of these components is checked

as part of the self-diagnosis and the result of the check is correct, the
position which is assigned to each of them in the display
at 8 characters changes from “1” to “0”.

01-133

If the check is carried out in full, but the result is “incorrect”, an anomaly is
then recorded in the fault memory.
Query the fault memory.

If the “Readiness” code was generated after the check was successfully
completed, the display should show “00000000” (measured value block
086, display area 1).

The “Readiness” code reverts to “0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1” when:

ÿ the fault memory has been cleared,

ÿ a new engine control unit is fitted.

Use:
Components that are not subject to inspection while the
Readiness code is generated, but which correspond to a position
in the 8-character display, are systematically reset to “0”.
When the vehicle is used under different load conditions,
Exhaust system specific checks are initiated
by the control unit and the “Readiness” code is automatically generated. In
this case, however, it is not possible to carry out a
final check - and therefore to verify whether the vehicle is handed over to the customer in
in perfect working order.

01-134
Machine Translated by Google

Code Readiness: Reading -Engine Control Unit 1-

Use:

The following operations refer to engine control unit 1; the procedure is identical for
engine control unit 2, except for address 11 ÿ page 01-174.

1
How the check is carried out

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and information system
and then select engine control unit 1 by entering “address” 01 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the ignition must be on.

A01ñ0122
VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “08 - Read measured value block”.

123 VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

2 456 1 - Enter the display group
789 Max input value = 255
C0Q
– Enter the code “086” via the keypad -2- to select the “Display group number 086” and
confirm by pressing the Q key.
A01ñ0130

01-135

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the “Readiness” code in display area -1-.

2
34 ÿ Assigned value: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

A01ñ0139

01-136
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 086: code “Readiness”

Screen 00000000 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX

Ready-Bits Individual checks carried Individual checks carried

Display Checks completed out out

Operating 1 = not completed 0 1 = not completed 0 1 = not completed 0

range- = completed = completed = completed

ment

Assigned 00000000 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX

value

Use Signification du code ”Readiness” ÿ page 01-138

Note on display area 1: Display area 1 is particularly

important. It indicates which component has been tested via self-diagnosis since the fault memory was last cleared or since a new control unit was
commissioned. After the fault memory has been cleared, all values that can be tested are set to “1”; if the test has been successful, these values are reset
to “0”.

01-137

XXXXXXXX Notes on display group 086, display area 1

Catalyst diagnosis ÿ Display 0 =
check performed ÿ Display 1 = check not
performed (generate the “Readiness” code ÿ page
01-140)

Permanent display 0
Activated carbon filter system ÿ Display 0
= check performed ÿ Display 1 = check not
performed (generate the “Readiness” code ÿ page
01-140)

Secondary air system ÿ Display

0 = check performed ÿ Display 1 = check
not performed (generate the “Readiness” code ÿ page
01-140)

Permanent display 0
Lambda probes ÿ
Display 0 = check performed ÿ Display 1 =
check not performed (generate the “Readiness” code ÿ page
01-140)

Lambda probe heating ÿ Display 0 =

check performed ÿ Display 1 = check not
performed (generate the “Readiness” code ÿ page
01-140)

Permanent display 0

Use:

The “Readiness” code is only generated when all displays in zone 1 are “0”.

01-138
Machine Translated by Google

If the assigned value “0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0” is reached in display area 1:

– Press the key.

– Check the fault memory; no anomalies should be recorded there.

If the assigned value is not reached:

– Generate the “Readiness” code ÿ page 01-140.

01-139

Generate Readiness Code -Engine Control Device 1-

Use:
The following operations refer to the engine control unit 1; the procedure
is identical for the engine control unit 2.
motor 2, except address 11 ÿ page 01-179.

01-140
Machine Translated by Google

Special tools and workshop devices required

VAG 1788/10 ÿ Accelerator pedal pusher VAG 1788/10

Prerequisites:

Vehicle stationary.

Power consumers off (when checking, the radiator fan must not be running).

Air conditioner off.

W00ñ0437
Coolant temperature 80 °C min. ÿDisplay group 004, display area 3. Important: Warm
up the engine, if possible by carrying out a test drive.

Important note: If, during a

work step, the test result is displayed as “correct” as soon as a display area has been
selected, the test has already been carried out and it is possible to proceed to the next
step.

01-141

Step 1: Query the fault memory

Control condition:

Engine off, ignition on.

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and information system
1 and then select engine control unit 1 by entering “address” 01 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the ignition must be on.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “02 - Query fault memory”.
A01ñ0122

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Contents of the fault memory:
ÿ 0 defects recognized
2
1
or
ÿ X recognized defect(s)
2 - Fault ÿ
Fault code ÿ Fault
location ÿ Fault type

A87ñ0316

01-142
Machine Translated by Google

If a fault is stored:

– Eliminate the fault and clear the memory contents. Carry out a test run and interrogate
the fault memory again as a check.

If no fault is stored:

– Press the key.

01-143

Step 2: Clear the fault memory

Control condition:

Engine off, ignition on.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “05 - Clear fault memory”.

Use:

When clearing the fault memory, the “Readiness” code is reset and must therefore be
generated again.
A01ñ0122

VAS 5051 screen display: 1 - ÿ No display

(before erasure)
1 2
or
ÿFault memory cleared

2 - Use :
Should the function be executed?
Note: data is deleted!

– Activate the “OK” button in display -2-.

A87ñ0320

– Press the key.

01-144
Machine Translated by Google

Step 3: Adapting the throttle control unit to the engine control unit

Control condition:

Engine off, ignition on.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function

“04 - Basic setting”.

A01ñ0122

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “060” via the keypad -2- to select “Display group number 060” and
789 confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130
01-145

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the assigned values shown in the display areas

2 -3- and -4-.
34

Use:

The display can also be divided into several areas: the “Read measured value block”
function is shown in the upper area, while the lower area is for the “Basic adjustment”
function. All adaptation and diagnostic operations are carried out during the “Basic
adjustment” function. This also applies to all subsequent steps.
A01ñ0139

01-146
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 060: adaptation of the throttle control unit

Screen xx % xx % x –––

Butterfly opening angle Butterfly opening angle Step counter State of adaptation
Display (angle transmitter 1) (angle transmitter 2) learning

Beach of 0 ... 8 ADP in progress

ADP correct
works- ERROR
ment

Value 3 ... 93 % 97 ... 3 % 8 ADP correct

assigned

Use At the end of the process If the message

adaptation, the learning “ERROR” is displayed:
step counter reaches the Questioning memory
number 8 of defects ÿ page
(It is possible that the 01-16
counter does not climb
continuously)

Note regarding display area 3:

During adaptation, various numbers are displayed in area 3; these numbers reflect the corresponding adaptation status. The behavior of the learning
step counter (display area 3) is not a determining criterion during adaptation; however, it is important that at the end of adaptation, the assigned value
“correct ADP” appears.
in display area 4.

If the assigned value “correct ADP” is reached:

01-147

– Complete the next step.

01-148
Machine Translated by Google

Step 4: Checking the operating status of the lambda regulation

– Start the engine.

Use:

If necessary, it may be necessary to re-select the vehicle system “01 - Engine electronics”
and the diagnostic function “04 - Basic setting” after starting the engine.

– Fit the VAG 1788/10 accelerator pedal pusher to the accelerator pedal and increase
the speed to 2000 rpm.

Control condition:

The engine runs at 2000 rpm.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Press the key.

2
34

A01ñ0139

01-149

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “030” via the keypad -2- to select “Display group number 030” and
789 confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the status of the lambda probes in display areas 1, 2,

2 3 and 4.
34

Use:

It may take a few minutes before the diagnostic result is obtained.

A01ñ0139

01-150
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 030: lambda probe status

Screen XXX XXX XXX XXX

Lambda probe status Lambda probe status Lambda probe status Lambda probe status
Display bank 1, probe 1 bank 1, probe 2 bank 2, probe 1 bank 2, probe 2
(cyl. 1, 2, 3 up cat.) (cyl. 1, 2, 3 aval cat.) (cyl. 4, 5, 6 above cat.) (cyl. 4, 5, 6 aval cat.)

Beach of 0 = hors circuit 0 = hors circuit 0 = hors circuit 0 = hors circuit

1 = and circuit 1 = and circuit 1 = and circuit 1 = and circuit

functioning

Val. is. 111 110 111 110

Meaning of the 3-character display of display group 030

XXX Display zones 1, 2, 3 and 4

X Lambda regulation: 0 = not active, 1 = active
X Lambda probe operating availability: 0 = not active, 1 = active
X Lambda probe heating status: 0 = not active, 1 = active

Use:

ÿ The first digit of the three-character display (heating) fluctuates between 0 and 1 in certain operating states.
ÿ Lambda regulation of the lambda probes downstream of the catalyst (bank 1, probe 2 and bank 2, probe 2) is not active without
engine load; the value of the third digit of the three-character display is therefore 0.

01-151

– Only continue the check when the displayed values have reached “111” at least
once in display areas 1 and 3 as well
than “110” in display areas 2 and 4.

01-152
Machine Translated by Google

Step 5: Diagnosis of lambda probe aging in

upstream of the catalyst

Control condition:

The engine continues to run at 2000 rpm.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

2 – Press the key four times to switch to the display group.

3 charge 034.
4

– Check the assigned value shown in display area -4-.

Use:

It may take a few minutes for the diagnostic result to be

is not obtained.
A01ñ0139

01-153

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 034: Diagnosis of aging of the lambda probe upstream of the catalyst, bank 1 (cyl. 1, 2, 3)

Screen xxxx tr/mn xxx °C x,x –––

Engine speed Gas temperature Dynamic factor Diagnostic status

Display exhaust

Beach of OUT Control

works- Control ON
B1-S1 intact
ment B1-S1 non intact

Value 2000 tr/min 300 ... 600 °C 0,5 ... 2,5 B1-S1 intact
assigned

Use If the message “B1-S1

“not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16

If the assigned value “B1-S1 intact” is reached:

– Press the key once to switch to the display group

035.

01-154
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 035: Diagnosis of aging of the lambda probe upstream of the catalyst, bank 2 (cyl. 4, 5, 6)

Screen xxxx tr/mn xxx °C x,x –––

Engine speed Gas temperature Dynamic factor Diagnostic status

Display exhaust

Beach of OUT Control

works- Control ON
B2-S1 intact
ment B2-S1 non intact

Value 2000 tr/min 300 ... 600 °C 0,5 ... 2,5 B2-S1 intact
assigned

Use If the message “B2-S1

“not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16

If the assigned value “B2-S1 intact” is reached:

– Complete the next step.

01-155

Step 6: Diagnosis of the lambda regulation system

Control condition:

The engine continues to run at 2000 rpm.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

2 – Press the key twice to switch to the display group.

3 charge 037.
4

– Check the assigned value shown in display area -4-.

Use:

It may take a few minutes for the diagnostic result to be

is not obtained.
A01ñ0139

01-156
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 037: Lambda control system diagnosis, bank 1 (cylinders 1, 2 and 3)
Screen xxx % x,xxx V x,xx –––

Charge Tension sensor lambda Correction value Diagnostic status

Display bench 1, probe 2 lambda
between

bench 1, probe 1 and

bench 1, probe 2

Beach of OUT Control

Control ON
Syst. intact
functioning Syst. non intact
Value 12 ... 19 % 0.100 ... 0.950 V -0,004 ... 0,01 Syst. intact
assigned

Use If the message “Syst.

“not intact” is displayed:
question memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16

If the assigned value “System intact” is reached:

– Press the key once to switch to the display group

038.

01-157

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 038: Lambda control system diagnosis, bank 2 (cylinders 4, 5 and 6)
Screen xxx % x,xxx V x,xx –––

Charge Tension sensor lambda Correction value Diagnostic status

Display bench 2, probe 2 lambda
between

bench 2, probe 1 and

bench 2, probe 2

Beach of OUT Control

Control ON
Syst. intact
functioning Syst. non intact
Value 12 ... 19 % 0.100 ... 0.950 V -0,004 ... 0,01 Syst. intact
assigned

Use If the message “Syst.

“not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16

If the assigned value “System intact” is reached:

– Complete the next step.

01-158
Machine Translated by Google

Step 7: Downstream lambda probe interference diagnosis

of the catalyst

Control condition:

The engine continues to run at 2000 rpm.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

2 – Press the key once to switch to the display group

3 039.
4

– Check the assigned value shown in display area -4-.

Use:

It may take a few minutes for the diagnostic result to be available.

is not obtained.
A01ñ0139

01-159

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 039: Diagnosis of the inversion of the lambda probes downstream of the catalyst
Screen x.x g/s x,xxx V x,xxx V –––

Air mass Tension sensor lambda Tension sensor lambda Diagnostic status
Display bench 1, probe 2 bench 2, probe 2
(cylinders 1, 2 and 3) (cylinders 4, 5 and 6)

Beach of OUT Control

works- Control ON
Syst. intact
ment Syst. non intact
Value 7,5 ... 10 g/s 0.100 ... 0.950 V 0.100 ... 0.950 V Syst. intact
assigned

Use If the message “Syst.

“not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16

If the assigned value “System intact” is reached:

– Complete the next step.

01-160
Machine Translated by Google

Step 8: Diagnosis of aging of lambda probes downstream of the catalyst

Control condition:

The engine continues to run at 2000 rpm.

1 VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

2
34 – Press the key.

A01ñ0139

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “043” via the keypad -2 to select “Display group number 043” and
789 confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

01-161

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the assigned value shown in display area -4-.

2
34

A01ñ0139

01-162
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 043: Diagnosis of aging of the lambda probe downstream of the catalyst, bank 1 (cyl. 1, 2, 3)

Screen xxxx tr/mn xxx °C x,xxx V –––

Engine speed Gas temperature Tension sensor lambda Diagnostic status

Display exhaust bench 1, probe 2

Beach of OUT Control

works- Control ON
B1-S2 intact
ment B1-S2 non intact

Value 2000 tr/min 300 ... 650 °C 0.100 ... 0.950 V B1-S2 intact
assigned

Use If the message “B1-S2

“not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16

If the assigned value “B1-S2 intact” is reached:

– Press the key once to switch to the display group

044.

01-163

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 044: Diagnosis of aging of the lambda probe downstream of the catalyst, bank 2 (cyl. 4, 5, 6)

Screen xxxx tr/mn xxx °C x,xxx V –––

Engine speed Gas temperature Tension sensor lambda Diagnostic status

Display exhaust bench 2, probe 2

Beach of OUT Control

works- Control ON
B2-S2 intact
ment B2-S2 non intact

Value 2000 tr/min 300 ... 650 °C 0.100 ... 0.950 V B2-S2 intact
assigned

Use If the message “B2-S2

“not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16

If the assigned value “B2-S2 intact” is reached:

– Complete the next step.

01-164
Machine Translated by Google

Step 9: Catalyst Diagnosis

Control condition:

The engine continues to run at 2000 rpm.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

2 – Press the key twice to switch to the display group.

3 charge 046.
4

– Check the assigned values shown in the display areas

-2- and -4-.

Use:

The catalyst diagnostic time is approximately 60 seconds.

A01ñ0139

01-165

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display Group 046: Catalyst Diagnostics, Bank 1 (Cylinders 1, 2, and 3)

Screen xxxx tr/mn xxx °C x,xx –––

Engine speed Gas temperature Measured value Diagnostic status

Display exhaust Catalyst Conversion

Beach of OUT Control

works- Control ON
Cat B1 intact
ment Cat B1 non intact

Value 2000 tr/min 450 ... 650 °C 0,0 ... 0,65 Cat B1 intact
assigned

Use As long as the exhaust If the message “Cat B1

gas temperature is not “not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
within the range of of defects ÿ page
assigned values, it is 01-16. If no fault
possible that the control is not registered, replace
not be initiated the catalyst

If the assigned value “Cat B1 intact” is reached:

– Press the key once to switch to the display group

047.

01-166
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display Group 047: Catalyst Diagnostics, Bank 2 (Cylinders 4, 5 and 6)

Screen xxxx tr/mn xxx °C x,xx –––

Engine speed Gas temperature Measured value Diagnostic status

Display exhaust Catalyst Conversion

Beach of OUT Control

works- Control ON
Cat B2 intact
ment Cat B2 non intact

Value 2000 tr/min 450 ... 650 °C 0,0 ... 0,65 Cat B2 intact
assigned

Use As long as the exhaust If the message “Cat B2

gas temperature is not “not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
within the range of of defects ÿ page
assigned values, it is 01-16. If no fault
possible that the control is not registered, replace
not be initiated the catalyst

If the assigned value “Cat B2 intact” is reached:

– Complete the next step.

01-167

Step 10: Diagnosis of the tank degassing valve

– Remove the accelerator pedal pusher VAG 1788/10 and turn-

idle the engine.

Control condition:
1

2 The engine is idling.

3
4 VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– Press the key.

A01ñ0139

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “070” via the keyboard -2- to select the “Number
789 of display group 070” and confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

01-168
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

2 – Check the assigned value shown in display area -4-.

3
4 Use:

If the control is not initiated or the display changes from “Control

ON” to “Control OUT”, give a brief burst of accelerator; the
control is then repeated.

A01ñ0139

01-169

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display Group 070: Tank Degassing Valve (CDR) Diagnostics

Screen xx % xx % x.x % –––

Degree of opening of the Lambda regulator Diagnostic status

Display tank degassing valve Average value

Beach of OUT Control

works- Control ON
CDR intact
ment CDR non intact
Interruption
Value 0 ... 100 % - 5,5 ... 6,3 % CDR intact
assigned

Use Ignore the display If the message “CDR

“not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16. Check the solenoid
valve for the tank
activated carbon -N80 ÿ
page 24-191

If the assigned value “CDR intact” is reached:

– Complete the next step.

01-170
Machine Translated by Google

Step 11: Secondary Air System Diagnosis (Cylinder Bank 1)

Control condition:

1 The engine is idling.

2
34 VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– Press the key.

A01ñ0139

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “077” via the keypad -2- to select “Display group number 077” and
789 confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

01-171

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the assigned value shown in display area -4-.

2
34 Use:

If the control is not initiated or the display changes from “Control ON” to “Control OUT”,
briefly press the accelerator; the control is then repeated.

A01ñ0139

01-172
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display Group 077: Secondary Air System Diagnostics (Bank 1)

Screen xxxx tr/mn xx,x g/s xx % Control ON

Engine speed Air mass Percentage difference by Diagnostic status

Display relative to the assigned
value of the secondary air
flow

Beach of OUT Control

Control ON
Syst. intact
functioning Syst. non intact
Interruption
Value 520 ... 800 tr/min 2,5 ... 3,5 g/s -70 %...30 % Syst. intact
assigned

Use If the message “Syst.

“not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16

If the assigned value is reached in display area 4 “System in-tact”:

Step 12: Read the “Readiness” code

– Read the “Readiness” code ÿ page 01-135.

01-173

Code Readiness: Reading - Control Device

of engine 2-

How the check is carried out

– Connect the on-board diagnostic, metrology and

1 VAS 5051 information, then select the control device
of motor 2 by entering “address” 11 ÿ page 01-9.
During this operation, the ignition must be on.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “08 - Read

A01ñ0122 the measurement value block”.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “086” via the keyboard -2- to select the “Number
789 display group 086” and confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

01-174
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

2 – Check the “Readiness” code in display area -1-.

3
4 ÿ Assigned value: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

A01ñ0139

01-175

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 086: code “Readiness”

Screen 00000000 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX

Ready-Bits Individual controls Individual controls

Display Checks completed performed performed

Beach of 1 = not completed 1 = not completed 1 = not completed

works- 0 = finished 0 = finished 0 = finished

ment

Value 00000000 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX

assigned

Use Signification du code ”Readiness” ÿ page 01-138

Note regarding display area 1:

Display area 1 is particularly important. It specifies which component was checked via self-diagnosis.
since the last deletion of the fault memory contents or since the commissioning of a new control unit. After the deletion of the fault memory contents,
all values that can be checked are
to “1”; if the check was successful, these values are reset to “0”.

01-176
Machine Translated by Google

XXXXXXXX Notes on display group 086, display area 1

Catalyst diagnosis ÿ Display 0
= check performed ÿ Display 1 = check
not performed (generate the “Readiness” code ÿ page
01-179)
Permanent display 0
Activated carbon filter system ÿ Display 0
= check performed ÿ Display 1 = check
not performed (generate the “Readiness” code ÿ page
01-179)
Secondary air system ÿ Display
0 = check performed ÿ Display 1 = check
not performed (generate the “Readiness” code ÿ page
01-179)
Permanent display 0
Lambda probes ÿ
Display 0 = check performed ÿ Display 1
= check not performed (generate the “Readiness” code ÿ page
01-179)
Lambda probe heating ÿ Display 0
= check performed ÿ Display 1 = check
not performed (generate the “Readiness” code ÿ page
01-179)
Permanent display 0

Use:

The “Readiness” code is only generated when all displays in zone 1 are “0”.

01-177

If the assigned value “0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0” is reached in display area 1:

– Press the key.

– Check the fault memory; no anomalies should be recorded there.

If the assigned value is not reached:

– Generate the “Readiness” code ÿ page 01-179.

01-178
Machine Translated by Google

Generate Readiness Code -Engine Control Device 2-

Special tools and workshop devices required

VAG 1788/10 ÿ Accelerator pedal pusher VAG 1788/10

Prerequisites:

Vehicle stationary.

Power consumers off (when checking, the radiator fan must not be running).

Air conditioner off.

W00ñ0437

Coolant temperature 80 °C min. ÿDisplay group 004, display area 3. Important: Warm
up the engine, if possible by carrying out a test drive.

Important note: If, during a

work step, the test result is displayed as “correct” as soon as a display area has been
selected, the test has already been carried out and it is possible to proceed to the next
step.

01-179

Step 1: Query the fault memory

Control condition:

Engine off, ignition on.

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and information system
1 and then select the engine control unit 2 by entering “address” 11 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the ignition must be on.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “02 - Query fault memory”.
A01ñ0122

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Contents of the fault memory:
ÿ 0 defects recognized
2
1
or
ÿ X recognized defect(s)
2 - Fault ÿ
Fault code ÿ Fault
location ÿ Fault type

A87ñ0316

01-180
Machine Translated by Google

If a fault is stored:

– Eliminate the fault and clear the memory contents. Carry out a test run and interrogate
the fault memory again as a check.

If no fault is stored:

– Press the key.

01-181

Step 2: Clear the fault memory

Control condition:

Engine off, ignition on.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “05 - Clear fault memory”.

Use:

When clearing the fault memory, the “Readiness” code is reset and must therefore be
generated again.
A01ñ0122

VAS 5051 screen display: 1 - ÿ No display

(before erasure)
1 2
or
ÿFault memory cleared

2 - Use :
Should the function be executed?
Note: data is deleted!

– Press the “OK” button in display -2-.

A87ñ0320

– Press the key.

01-182
Machine Translated by Google

Step 3: Adapting the throttle control unit to the engine control unit

Control condition:

Engine off, ignition on.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function

“04 - Basic setting”.

A01ñ0122

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “060” via the keypad -2- to select “Display group number 060” and
789 confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130
01-183

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the assigned values shown in the display areas

2 -3- and -4-.
34

Use:

The display can also be divided into several areas: the “Read measured value block”
function is shown in the upper area, while the lower area is for the “Basic adjustment”
function. All adaptation and diagnostic operations are carried out during the “Basic
adjustment” function. This also applies to the following steps.
A01ñ0139

01-184
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 060: Adaptation of the throttle control unit

Screen xx % xx % x –––

Butterfly opening angle Butterfly opening angle Step counter State of adaptation
Display (angle transmitter 1) (angle transmitter 2) learning

Beach of 0 ... 8 ADP in progress

ADP correct
works- ERROR
ment

Value 3 ... 93 % 97 ... 3 % 8 ADP correct

assigned

Use At the end of the process If the message “ER-

d'adaptation, the comp- REUR” is displayed: in-
teur of steps to learn-interrogate the memory of
weaving reaches the number 8faults ÿ page 01-16
(It is possible that the
counter does not climb
continuously)

Note regarding display area 3:

During adaptation, various numbers are displayed in area 3; these numbers reflect the corresponding adaptation status. The behavior of the learning
step counter (display area 3) is not a determining criterion during adaptation; however, it is important that at the end of adaptation, the assigned value
“correct ADP” appears.
in display area 4.

If the assigned value “correct ADP” is reached:

01-185

– Complete the next step.

01-186
Machine Translated by Google

Step 4: Checking the operating status of the lambda regulation

– Start the engine.

Use:

If necessary, it may be necessary to reselect the vehicle system “11 - Engine electronics
II” and the diagnostic function “04 - Basic setting” after starting the engine.

– Fit the VAG 1788/10 accelerator pedal pusher to the accelerator pedal and increase
the speed to 2000 rpm.

Control condition:

The engine runs at 2000 rpm.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Press the key.

2
34

A01ñ0139

01-187

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “030” via the keypad -2- to select “Display group number 030” and
789 confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the status of the lambda probes in display areas 1, 2,

2 3 and 4.
34

Use:

It may take a few minutes before the diagnostic result is obtained.

A01ñ0139

01-188
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 030: Lambda probe status

Screen XXX XXX XXX XXX

Lambda probe status Lambda probe status Lambda probe status Lambda probe status
Display bank 1, probe 1 bank 1, probe 2 bank 2, probe 1 bank 2, probe 2
(cyl. 7, 8, 9 above cat.) (cyl. 7, 8, 9 aval cat.) (cyl.10, 11, 12 upstream (cyl. 10, 11, 12 aval cat.)
cat.)

Beach of 0 = hors circuit 0 = hors circuit 0 = hors circuit 0 = hors circuit

1 = and circuit 1 = and circuit 1 = and circuit 1 = and circuit
works-
ment

Val. is. 111 110 111 110

Meaning of the 3-character display of display group 030

XXX Display zones 1, 2, 3 and 4

X Lambda regulation: 0 = not active, 1 = active
X Lambda probe operating availability: 0 = not active, 1 = active
X Lambda probe heating status: 0 = not active, 1 = active

Use:

ÿ The first digit of the three-character display (heating) fluctuates between 0 and 1 in certain operating states.
ÿ Lambda regulation of the lambda probes downstream of the catalyst (bank 1, probe 2 and bank 2, probe 2) is not active without
engine load; the value of the third digit of the three-character display is therefore 0.

01-189

– Only continue the check when the displayed values have reached “111” at least
once in display areas 1 and 3 as well
than “110” in display areas 2 and 4.

01-190
Machine Translated by Google

Step 5: Diagnosis of lambda probe aging in

upstream of the catalyst

Control condition:

The engine continues to run at 2000 rpm.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

2 – Press the key four times to switch to the display group.

3 charge 034.
4

– Check the assigned value shown in display area -4-.

Use:

It may take a few minutes for the diagnostic result to be available.

is not obtained.
A01ñ0139

01-191

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 034: Diagnosis of aging of the lambda probe upstream of the catalyst, bank 1 (cyl. 7, 8, 9)

Screen xxxx tr/mn xxx °C x,x –––

Engine speed Gas temperature Dynamic factor Diagnostic status

Display exhaust

Beach of OUT Control

works- Control ON
B1-S1 intact
ment B1-S1 non intact

Value 2000 tr/min 300 ... 600 °C 0,5 ... 2,5 B1-S1 intact
assigned

Use If the message “B1-S1

“not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16

If the assigned value “B1-S1 intact” is reached:

– Press the key once to switch to the display group

035.

01-192
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 035: Diagnosis of aging of the lambda probe upstream of the catalyst, bank 2 (cyl. 10, 11, 12)

Screen xxxx tr/mn xxx °C x,x –––

Engine speed Gas temperature Dynamic factor Diagnostic status

Display exhaust

Beach of OUT Control

works- Control ON
B2-S1 intact
ment B2-S1 non intact

Value 2000 tr/min 300 ... 600 °C 0,5 ... 2,5 B2-S1 intact
assigned

Use If the message “B2-S1

“not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16

If the assigned value “B2-S1 intact” is reached:

– Complete the next step.

01-193

Step 6: Diagnosis of the lambda regulation system

Control condition:

The engine continues to run at 2000 rpm.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

2 – Press the key twice to switch to the display group.

3 charge 037.
4

– Check the assigned value shown in display area -4-.

Use:

It may take a few minutes for the diagnostic result to be available.

is not obtained.
A01ñ0139

01-194
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 037: Lambda control system diagnosis, bank 1 (cylinders 7, 8 and 9)
Screen xxx % x,xxx V x,xx –––

Charge Tension sensor lambda Correction value Diagnostic status

Display bench 1, probe 2 lambda
between

bench 1, probe 1 and

bench 1, probe 2

Beach of OUT Control

Control ON
Syst. intact
functioning Syst. non intact
Value 12 ... 19 % 0.100 ... 0.950 V -0,004 ... 0,01 Syst. intact
assigned

Use If the message “Syst.

“not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16

If the assigned value “System intact” is reached:

– Press the key once to switch to the display group

038.

01-195

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 038: Lambda control system diagnosis, bank 2 (cylinders 10, 11 and 12)
Screen xxx % x,xxx V x,xx –––

Charge Tension sensor lambda Correction value Diagnostic status

Display bench 2, probe 2 lambda
between

bench 2, probe 1 and

bench 2, probe 2

Beach of OUT Control

Control ON
Syst. intact
functioning Syst. non intact
Value 12 ... 19 % 0.100 ... 0.950 V -0,004 ... 0,01 Syst. intact
assigned

Use If the message “Syst.

“not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16

If the assigned value “System intact” is reached:

– Complete the next step.

01-196
Machine Translated by Google

Step 7: Downstream lambda probe interference diagnosis

of the catalyst

Control condition:

The engine continues to run at 2000 rpm.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

2 – Press the key once to switch to the display group

3 039.
4

– Check the assigned value shown in display area -4-.

Use:

It may take a few minutes for the diagnostic result to be available.

is not obtained.
A01ñ0139

01-197

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 039: Diagnosis of the inversion of the lambda probes downstream of the catalyst
Screen x.x g/s x,xxx V x,xxx V –––

Air mass Tension sensor lambda Tension sensor lambda Diagnostic status
Display bench 1, probe 2 bench 2, probe 2
(cylinders 7, 8 and 9) (cylinders 10, 11 and 12)

Beach of OUT Control

works- Control ON
Syst. intact
ment Syst. non intact
Value 7,5 ... 10 g/s 0.100 ... 0.950 V 0.100 ... 0.950 V Syst. intact
assigned

Use If the message “Syst.

“not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16

If the assigned value “System intact” is reached:

– Complete the next step.

01-198
Machine Translated by Google

Step 8: Diagnosis of aging of lambda probes downstream of the catalyst

Control condition:

The engine continues to run at 2000 rpm.

1 VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

2
34 – Press the key.

A01ñ0139

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “043” via the keypad -2 to select “Display group number 043” and
789 confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

01-199

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the assigned value shown in display area -4-.

2
34

A01ñ0139

01-200
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 043: Diagnosis of aging of the lambda probe downstream of the catalyst, bank 1 (cyl. 7, 8, 9)

Screen xxxx tr/mn xxx °C x,xxx V –––

Engine speed Gas temperature Tension sensor lambda Diagnostic status

Display exhaust bench 1, probe 2

Beach of OUT Control

works- Control ON
B1-S2 intact
ment B1-S2 non intact

Value 2000 tr/min 300 ... 650 °C 0.100 ... 0.950 V B1-S2 intact
assigned

Use If the message “B1-S2

“not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16

If the assigned value “B1-S2 intact” is reached:

– Press the key once to switch to the display group

044.

01-201

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 044: Diagnosis of aging of the lambda probe downstream of the catalyst, bank 2 (cyl. 10, 11, 12)

Screen xxxx tr/mn xxx °C x,xxx V –––

Engine speed Gas temperature Tension sensor lambda Diagnostic status

Display exhaust bench 2, probe 2

Beach of OUT Control

works- Control ON
B2-S2 intact
ment B2-S2 non intact

Value 2000 tr/min 300 ... 650 °C 0.100 ... 0.950 V B2-S2 intact
assigned

Use If the message “B2-S2

“not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16

If the assigned value “B2-S2 intact” is reached:

– Complete the next step.

01-202
Machine Translated by Google

Step 9: Catalyst Diagnosis

Control condition:

The engine continues to run at 2000 rpm.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

2 – Press the key twice to switch to the display group.

3 charge 046.
4

– Check the assigned values shown in the display areas

-2- and -4-.

Use:

The catalyst diagnostic time is approximately 60 seconds.

A01ñ0139

01-203

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display Group 046: Catalyst Diagnostics, Bank 1 (Cylinders 7, 8, and 9)

Screen xxxx tr/mn xxx °C x,xx –––

Engine speed Gas temperature Measured value Diagnostic status

Display exhaust Catalyst Conversion

Beach of OUT Control

works- Control ON
Cat B1 intact
ment Cat B1 non intact

Value 2000 tr/min 450 ... 650 °C 0,0 ... 0,65 Cat B1 intact
assigned

Use As long as the exhaust If the message “Cat B1

gas temperature is not “not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
within the range of of defects ÿ page
assigned values, it is 01-16. If no fault
possible that the control is not registered, replace
not be initiated the catalyst

If the assigned value “Cat B1 intact” is reached:

– Press the key once to switch to the display group

047.

01-204
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display Group 047: Catalyst Diagnostics, Bank 2 (Cylinders 10, 11, and 12)
Screen xxxx tr/mn xxx °C x,xx –––

Engine speed Gas temperature Measured value Diagnostic status

Display exhaust Catalyst Conversion

Beach of OUT Control

works- Control ON
Cat B2 intact
ment Cat B2 non intact

Value 2000 tr/min 450 ... 650 °C 0,0 ... 0,65 Cat B2 intact
assigned

Use As long as the exhaust If the message “Cat B2

gas temperature is not “not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
within the range of of defects ÿ page
assigned values, it is 01-16. If no fault
possible that the control is not registered, replace
not be initiated the catalyst

If the assigned value “Cat B2 intact” is reached:

– Complete the next step.

01-205

Step 10: Diagnosis of the tank degassing valve

– Remove the accelerator pedal pusher VAG 1788/10 and turn-

idle the engine.

Control condition:
1

2 The engine is idling.

3
4 VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– Press the key.

A01ñ0139

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “070” via the keyboard -2- to select the “Number
789 of display group 070” and confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

01-206
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

2 – Check the assigned value shown in display area -4-.

3
4 Use:

If the control is not initiated or the display changes from “Control

ON” to “Control OUT”, give a brief burst of accelerator; the
control is then repeated.

A01ñ0139

01-207

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display Group 070: Tank Degassing Valve (CDR) Diagnostics

Screen xx % xx % x.x % –––

Degree of opening of the Lambda regulator Diagnostic status

Display tank degassing valve Average value

Beach of OUT Control

works- Control ON
CDR intact
ment CDR non intact
Interruption
Value 0 ... 100 % -5,5 ... 6,3 % CDR intact
assigned

Use Ignore the display If the message “CDR

“not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16. Check solenoid valve
2 for activated carbon tank

-N333 ÿ page 24-191

If the assigned value “CDR intact” is reached:

– Complete the next step.

01-208
Machine Translated by Google

Step 11: Secondary Air System Diagnosis (Cylinder Bank 2)

Control condition:

1 The engine is idling.

2
34 VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– Press the key.

A01ñ0139

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “077” via the keypad -2- to select “Display group number 077” and
789 confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

01-209

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the assigned value shown in display area -4-.

2
34 Use:

If the control is not initiated or the display changes from “Control ON” to “Control OUT”,
briefly press the accelerator; the control is then repeated.

A01ñ0139

01-210
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display Group 077: Secondary Air System Diagnostics (Cylinder Bank 2)

Screen xxxx tr/mn xx,x g/s xx % Control ON

Engine speed Air mass Percentage deviation from Diagnostic status

Display assigned value of secondary
air flow

Beach of OUT Control

Control ON
Syst. intact
functioning Syst. non intact
Interruption
Value 520 ... 800 tr/min 2,5 ... 3,5 g/s -70 % ... 30 % Syst. intact
assigned

Use If the message “Syst.

“not intact” is displayed:
Questioning memory
of defects ÿ page
01-16

If the value assigned in display area 4 “System intact” is reached:

Step 12: Read the “Readiness” code

– Read the “Readiness” code ÿ page 01-174.

01-211
Machine Translated by Google

Motronic injection system: overhaul

Safety measures

If it is necessary to use control and measuring devices during test runs, take the
following points into account:

Attention !

ÿ Control and measuring devices must always be fixed to the back seat and
operated from there by a second mechanic.

ÿ If the control and measuring devices are operated from the front passenger
seat, the deployment of the front passenger airbag may, in the event of an
accident, result in injuries to the operator.

To avoid personal injury and/or destruction of the ignition and injection system, please
observe the following:

ÿ Only disconnect and reconnect the cables of the ignition and injection system - including
the cables of the measuring devices - with the ignition switched off.

24-1

ÿ To run the engine at cranking speed without it starting (e.g. for compression testing),
disconnect the power output stage plug from the ignition coils and remove the injector
fuse (current flow diagram).

ÿ During certain tests, the control unit may detect and record faults. It is therefore
essential to interrogate the fault memory of both engine control units after all tests and
repair work and, if necessary, to delete its contents.

ÿ Only wash the engine if the ignition switch is on.

coupé.

ÿ Only disconnect or reconnect the battery with the ignition switched off, to avoid any risk
of damage to the engine control units.

Attention !

The fuel system is under pressure! Place a rag around the connection point
before loosening the hose connections or opening the test port (for measuring
fuel pressure). Then relieve the pressure by carefully loosening the threaded
connection.

24-2
Machine Translated by Google

Cleanliness rules
For all work to be carried out on the fuel supply/injection system, carefully
observe
the following “6 rules” of cleanliness:

ÿ Before unscrewing the parts, carefully clean the points of

connection as well as their periphery.

ÿ Place the disassembled parts on a clean surface and cover them.

Do not use lint-filled cloths!

ÿ Carefully cover or seal open components whose

repair does not take place immediately.

ÿ Only replace clean parts:

Do not remove spare parts from their packaging until immediately before
installation.
Do not use parts that have been stored outside their packaging (e.g. in a toolbox,
etc.).

ÿ When the system is open:

Avoid working with compressed air as much as possible.
Avoid moving the vehicle.

ÿ Disconnected plug connections:

Protect them from impurities and humidity.
Only reconnect them if they are free of moisture.

24-3

Technical characteristics
Engine reference letters AZC 6.0 L 309 kW/420 PS

Idle speed 1)
The regime is not adjustable, regulation via the 520 ... 770 tr/min
idle stabilization

Limitation of the regime

via butterfly closure 6200 tr/min

Fuel pressure at idle speed Vacuum hose

connected approx. 3.5 bar overpressure

Vacuum hose
disconnected approx. 4.0 bar overpressure
Holding pressure after 10 minutes mini 2.5 bar overpressure

Injectors Jet Multi-hole nozzle/same for all injectors

Injection flow rate 121 ... 131 ml

(30 seconds)
Resistance
(ambient temperature 13 ... 16 Ohm
at 20 °C) 2)

1) Current values:
ÿ “Exhaust Gas Test” Workbook
2) The resistance of the injectors increases by about 4 ... 6 ÿ when the engine has reached operating temperature.

24-4
Machine Translated by Google

Mounting locations:
overview
Components A to H are not shown in the exploded
view.

A - Stop light switch (F) and

brake pedal switch (F47)
ÿ On the floor, at the level of the support of
pedal, near the pedal of
brake

B - Diagnostic socket
ÿ Located at the knee guard level, driver's side

C - Fuel Pump Relay (J17)

ÿ In the electronic box at the level
from the front passenger side floor,
in the power station, relay location 4

D - Current supply relay

for Motronic (J271)
ÿ In the electronic box at the level
from the front passenger floor, in the
relay holder, relay location 2
(see current flow diagram)

24-5

E - Accelerator position sender (G79) and

accelerator position sender 2 (G185)

ÿ On the floor, at the pedal level

accelerator (both transmitters are arranged in
one housing)

F - “MIL” witness
ÿ In the instrument holder
(Meaning of the witness
ÿ page 01-7)

G - Witness “EPC”
ÿ In the instrument holder
(Meaning of the witness
ÿ page 01-7)

H - Exhaust gas flap valve 1 -N321

ÿ Under the luggage compartment cover, on the

left in the direction of travel

ÿ Next to the CD changer, towards the brake light

24-6
Machine Translated by Google

4 8 1 - Mass air flow sensor 2 (G246) with intake air

3 temperature sender (G299) ÿ For cylinder bank
5 2 (cylinders 7

6 to 12)

7 Use:
The intake ducts intersect in the centre of the intake
2
9 manifold. Consequently, the air mass sensor 2 -G246
on the right in the direction of travel measures the intake
10 air mass of the cylinder bank 2 on the left in the direction
1 of travel. The same applies to the intake air temperature
sender 2 -G299.

15

21
16

17

18

20 19
14

22 23 24 25 11 12 13 A24ñ0348
24-7

4 8 2 - Throttle Control Unit 2

3 (J544)
5 ÿ With throttle drive 2
(G296), angle sender 1 of throttle drive 2
6 (G297) and angle sender 2 of throttle drive 2
(G298) ÿ For cylinder bank 2 (cylinders 7
7

2
9 to 12)
ÿ Also take into account the first sentence of the
10 previous note
1
3 - Engine control unit 2 ÿ In the electronic box of
the water box
15
ÿ Blue colored cable set ÿ Mark the control
unit before disconnecting it, in order to avoid any
21 interference with the control unit 1
16

17

18

20 19
14

22 23 24 25 11 12 13 A24ñ0348
24-8
Machine Translated by Google

4 8 4 - Engine control unit 1 ÿ In the electronic box of

3 the water box ÿ Set of black cables ÿ Identify the
5 control unit
before disconnecting it, in order to avoid
6 any interference with control unit 2

2
9
5 - Secondary air pump relay 2
10 (J545)

1
ÿ On the right in the electronics box of the water
box ÿ The secondary
air pump 2 is located in the lower part of the air
15 filter body, on the left in the direction of travel

21
16

17

18

20 19
14

22 23 24 25 11 12 13 A24ñ0348
24-9

4 8 6 - Additional coolant pump relay (J496)

3
5
7 - Secondary air pump relay 1
6 (J299)
ÿ On the right in the electronics box of the water
7 box ÿ The secondary
air pump 1 is located in the lower part of the air
2
9 filter body, on the right in the direction of travel

10
1
8 - Engine speed transmitter
(G28)
15
9 - Throttle Control Unit
(J338)
21 ÿ With throttle drive
(G186), throttle drive angle sender 1 (G187)
16
and throttle drive angle sender 2 (G188) ÿ For
17 cylinder bank 1 (cylinders 1

18 to 6)

20 19
14

22 23 24 25 11 12 13 A24ñ0348
24-10
Machine Translated by Google

4 8 10 - Mass air flow sensor (G70) with intake air

3 temperature sender (G42) ÿ For cylinder bank 1
5 (cylinders 1

to 6)
6

Use:
7
The intake ducts intersect in the centre of the intake
2
9 manifold. Consequently, the air mass sensor -G70 on
the left in the direction of travel measures the intake air
10 mass of cylinder bank 1 on the right in the direction of
1
travel. The same applies to the intake air temperature
sender -G42.

15

21
16

17

18

20 19
14

22 23 24 25 11 12 13 A24ñ0348
24-11

4 8 Notes on the following plug connections for the

3 lambda probes of cylinder bank 2:
5

ÿ The engine is equipped with a total of four pre-catalysts

6
located close to the engine (one pre-catalyst for three
7 cylinders)

2 ÿ Two lambda probes are mounted per pre-catalyst, one

9
upstream and one downstream of the catalyst. The
engine is equipped with a total of eight lambda probes
10
(four pre-catalysts with two lambda probes each, i.e.
1
eight lambda probes).

15
ÿ The indication “Lambda probe 1” or “Lambda probe 2” means
that the lambda probe is located upstream (lambda probe 1)
21 or downstream (lambda probe 2) of the corresponding pre-
catalyst located near the engine.
16

17

18

20 19
14

22 23 24 25 11 12 13 A24ñ0348
24-12
Machine Translated by Google

4 8
3
11 - Plug connection for lambda probe 2 -G288 downstream
5 of the catalyst ÿ Exhaust bank 4 (cylinders 10, 11,
12) ÿ 4 poles/brown
6

7
12 - Plug connection for lambda probe 1 -G286 upstream
2
9 of the catalytic converter-
follow
10 ÿ Exhaust bank 4 (cylinders 10, 11, 12) ÿ 6 poles/
1 brown

15 13 - Plug connection for lambda probe 1 -G285 upstream

of the catalytic converter-
follow
21 ÿ Exhaust bank 3 (cylinders 7, 8, 9) ÿ 6 poles/black
16

17
14 - Plug connection for lambda probe 2 -G287 downstream
of the catalyst ÿ Exhaust bank 3 (cylinders 7, 8, 9) ÿ
18
4 poles/black

20 19
14

22 23 24 25 11 12 13 A24ñ0348
24-13

4 8 15 - Secondary air pump -V189 ÿ For cylinder

3 bank 2 ÿ In the lower part of the air
5 filter body

6
16 - Solenoid valve G for engine suspension -N144
7

2 17 - Coolant fan valve -N313 ÿ Directly on the power

9 steering pump

10
1

18 - Radiator fan drive circuit temperature sensor -G382 ÿ

Directly on the radiator fan
15

21
16
19 - Make-up water pump -V51

17
20 - Oil temperature sender (engine) -G8 ÿ Directly in the oil
tank
18
engine

21 - Secondary air pump (V101) ÿ For cylinder bank

20 19 1 ÿ In the lower part of the air filter
14
body

22 23 24 25 11 12 13 A24ñ0348
24-14
Machine Translated by Google

4 8 Notes on the following plug connections for

3 the lambda probes of cylinder bank 1:
5

6 ÿ The engine is equipped with a total of four pre-

catalysts located close to the engine (one pre-
7 catalyst for three cylinders)

2 ÿ Two lambda probes are mounted per pre-

9
catalyst, one upstream and one downstream
10 of the catalyst. The engine is equipped with a
total of eight lambda probes (four pre-catalysts
1
with two lambda probes each, i.e. eight lambda
probes).
15
ÿ The indication “Lambda probe 1” or “Lambda probe 2” means
that the lambda probe is located upstream (lambda probe 1)
21 or downstream (lambda probe 2) of the corresponding pre-
catalyst located near the engine.
16

17

18

20 19
14

22 23 24 25 11 12 13 A24ñ0348
24-15

4 8 22 - Plug connection for lambda probe 2 -G130

3 downstream of the catalyst ÿ Exhaust
5 bank 1 (cylinders 1, 2, 3) ÿ 4 poles/black

7 23 - Plug connection for lambda probe 1 -G39

upstream of the catalytic converter-
2 follow
9
ÿ Exhaust bank 1 (cylinders 1, 2, 3) ÿ 6
10 poles/
1
black

24 - Plug connection for lambda probe 1 -G108

15 upstream of the catalytic converter-
follow
ÿ Exhaust bank 2 (cylinders 4, 5, 6) ÿ 6
21 poles/
16 brown

17 25 - Plug connection for lambda probe 2 -G131

downstream of the catalyst ÿ Exhaust
bank 2 (cylinders 4, 5, 6) ÿ 4 poles/brown
18

20 19
14

22 23 24 25 11 12 13 A24ñ0348
24-16
Machine Translated by Google

Use:
1 2 3 456 789 In the overview opposite, the tubing
admission is filed.

1 - Variable timing solenoid valve 1, exhaust

-N318

2 - Variable valve timing valve 1, intake -N205

3 - Cooling thermostat of the

map-controlled engine
-F265

4 - Solenoid valve 1 for active carbon tank (N80)

ÿ For cylinder bank 1

ÿ Black sheet

5 - Solenoid valve 2 for active carbon tank (N333)

ÿ For cylinder bank 2

ÿ Brown sheet

6 - Fuel pressure regulator

19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

A24ñ0349
24-17

7 - Variable distribution solenoid valve 2, intake

1 2 3 456 789 -N208

8 - Variable distribution solenoid valve 2, exhaust

-N319

9 - Secondary air injection valve

-N320
ÿ For cylinder bank 2

10 - Plug connections for probes

lambda of exhaust bank 4
(cylinders 10, 11, 12)
ÿ Brown
ÿ 6-pole for probe upstream of the catalyst, 4-
pole for probe downstream
of the catalyst
ÿ Special remarks, see above-
Before

11 - Plug connections for probes

lambda of exhaust bank 3
(cylinders 7, 8, 9)
ÿ Black
ÿ 6-pole for probe upstream of the catalyst, 4-
pole for probe downstream
of the catalyst
ÿ Special remarks, see above-
Before
19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

A24ñ0349
24-18
Machine Translated by Google

12 - Ignition coils with final power stages, cylinder

1 2 3 456 789 bank
2

ÿ Cylinder 7 -N325
ÿ Cylinder 8 -N326
ÿ Cylinder 9 -N327
ÿ Cylinder 10 -N328
ÿ Cylinder 11 -N329
ÿ Cylinder 12 -N330

Use:

The cylinder numbering is engraved

in the cylinder head cover.

13 - Injectors, cylinder bank 2

ÿ Cylinder 7 -N85
ÿ Cylinder 8 -N86
ÿ Cylinder 9 -N299
ÿ Cylinder 10 -N300
ÿ Cylinder 11 -N301
ÿ Cylinder 12 -N302

19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

A24ñ0349
24-19

Use:
1 2 3 456 789 The cylinder numbering is engraved
in the cylinder head cover.

14 - Injectors, cylinder bank 1

ÿ Cylinder 1 -N30
ÿ Cylinder 2 -N31
ÿ Cylinder 3 -N32
ÿ Cylinder 4 -N33
ÿ Cylinder 5 -N83
ÿ Cylinder 6 -N84

15 - Ignition coils with final power stages, cylinder

bank
1

ÿ Cylinder 1 -N70
ÿ Cylinder 2 -N127
ÿ Cylinder 3 -N291
ÿ Cylinder 4 -N292
ÿ Cylinder 5 -N323
ÿ Cylinder 6 -N324

19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

A24ñ0349
24-20
Machine Translated by Google

16 - Solenoid valve D for engine suspension -N145

1 2 3 456 789

17 - Plug connections for probes

lambda of exhaust bank 2
(cylinders 4, 5, 6)
ÿ Brown
ÿ 6-pole for probe upstream of the catalyst, 4-pole
for probe downstream
of the catalyst
ÿ Special remarks, see above-
Before

18 - Plug connections for probes

lambda of exhaust bank 1
(cylinders 1, 2, 3)
ÿ Black
ÿ 6-pole for probe upstream of the catalyst, 4-pole
for probe downstream
of the catalyst
ÿ Special remarks, see above-
Before

19 - Secondary air injection valve

-N112
ÿ For cylinder bank 1

19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10

A24ñ0349
24-21

Use:

ÿ The figure opposite represents the probes

lambda, exhaust manifolds and
precatalysts.
7 1
ÿ The engine is equipped with a total of eight lambda
8 2 sensors.
9 3 ÿ For the sake of clarity, the crankcase with the 12
cylinders (numbers 1 to
10 4
12) is only shown schematically.
3.1 11 5 1.1
12 6 ÿ Lambda probes, collectors
exhaust and pre-catalysts are
however represented in accordance with
their installation in the vehicle.
4.1 2.1
ÿ The arrow indicates the direction of travel.

4.2 2.2

3.2 1.2
A24ñ0350
24-22
Machine Translated by Google

I - Pre-catalyst for cylinders 1, 2,

3 ; also called -exhaust bench 1-

7 1 II - Pre-catalyst for cylinders 4, 5,

6 ; also called -exhaust bench 2-
8 2

9 3
III - Pre-catalyst for cylinders 7, 8,
10 4 9 ; also called -exhaust bench 3-
3.1 11 5 1.1

12 6 IV - Pre-catalyst for cylinders 10,

11, 12; also called -bench
4-exhaust
4.1 2.1
1.1 - Lambda probe 1 - G39 with heating
lambda probe; upstream of the catalytic

converter ÿ Exhaust bank 1 (cylinders

1, 2, 3)

1.2 - Lambda probe 2 - G130 with lambda probe

heater; downstream of the catalytic converter
4.2 2.2
ÿ Exhaust
bank 1 (cylinders
1, 2, 3)

3.2 1.2

A24ñ0350
24-23

2.1 - Lambda probe 1 - G108 with lambda probe

heater; upstream of the
catalyst ÿ
Exhaust bank 2 (cylinders
7 1 4, 5, 6)
8 2
2.2 - Lambda probe 2 - G131 with lambda probe
9 3 heater; downstream of the catalytic converter
ÿ Exhaust
10 4
bank 2 (cylinders
3.1 11 5 1.1 4, 5, 6)

12 6 3.1 - Lambda probe 1 - G285 with lambda probe

heater; upstream of the
catalyst ÿ
4.1 2.1
Exhaust bank 3 (cylinders
7, 8, 9)

3.2 - Lambda probe 2 - G287 with lambda probe

heater; downstream of the catalytic converter
ÿ Exhaust
bank 3 (cylinders
7, 8, 9)
4.2 2.2

3.2 1.2

A24ñ0350
24-24
Machine Translated by Google

4.1 - Lambda probe 1 - G286 with lambda probe

heater; upstream of the catalyst ÿ Exhaust
bank 4
(cylinders 10, 11, 12)
7 1

8 2
4.2 - Lambda probe 2 - G288 with lambda probe
9 3 heater; downstream of the catalyst ÿ Exhaust
bank 4
10 4
(cylinders 10, 11, 12)
3.1 11 5 1.1

12 6

4.1 2.1

4.2 2.2

3.2 1.2

A24ñ0350
24-25

Use:

ÿ The figure opposite shows schematically the installation

locations of the knock sensors. ÿ The knock sensors
are located on the outer part of the engine
housing and are not arranged in a “V” shape, as is the
case, for example, with the biturbo engine.

1
7 1 ÿ The engine is equipped with a total of four
knock sensors. ÿ The arrow
8 2
indicates the direction of travel. ÿ Continued, see
3
9 3
next page.
10 4
4 2
11 5

12 6

A24ñ0466
24-26
Machine Translated by Google

I - Cylinder bank 1 (cylinders 1 to 6)

II - Cylinder bank 2 (cylinders 7 to 12)

1 - Knock sensor 1 (G61)

ÿ Knock sensor 1 detects combustion-related
noises in cylinders 1, 2 and 3.

2 - Knock sensor 2 (G66)

1
7 1
ÿ Knock sensor 2 detects combustion-related
noises in cylinders 4, 5 and 6.
8 2
3
9 3 3 - Knock sensor 3 (G198)
ÿ Knock sensor 3 detects combustion-related
10 4 noises in cylinders 7, 8 and 9.
4 2
11 5

12 6 4 - Knock sensor 4 (G199)

ÿ Knock sensor 4 detects combustion-related
noises in cylinders 10, 11 and 12.

A24ñ0466
24-27

Use:

For clarity, the engine is shown from the rear (gearbox

side) in the figure opposite.

1 2 3
14 4
1 - Hall sender (G163); (bank 2, camshaft position
13 5 sensor) ÿ For intake camshaft ÿ Cylinder bank 2

12 6

11 7 2 - Coolant temperature transmitter (G62)

3 - Hall sender (G40); (bank 1, camshaft position

sensor) ÿ For intake camshaft ÿ Cylinder bank 1

4 - Plug connection for variable distribution

solenoid valve 1, bank 1, ad-mission -N205 ÿ
2 poles, black

8
10

A24ñ0467
24-28
Machine Translated by Google

5 - Plug connection for solenoid valve

1 variable distribution, bank 1,
exhaust -N318 ÿ 2 poles,
brown
1 2 3
14
6 - Plug connection for detector
click 2 -G66 ÿ 3
13
poles, white

12 7 - Plug connection for detector

click 1 -G61 ÿ 3
11 poles, gray

8 - Bench 1 shaft position sensor

camshaft -G300 ÿ
For exhaust camshaft ÿ Cylinder bank 1

A24ñ04674567 9 - Lambda probes downstream of the pre-

catalysts (specific information,
see above)

8
10

24-29

10 - Bench 2 shaft position sensor

camshaft -G301 ÿ
For exhaust camshaft ÿ Cylinder bank 2

1 2 3
14
11 - Plug connection for solenoid valve
2 variable distribution, bank 2,
13
exhaust -N319 ÿ 2 poles,
brown
12
12 - Plug connection for solenoid valve
11 2 variable distribution, bank 2, ad-mission
-N208 ÿ 2 poles,
black

13 - Plug connection for detector

click 4 -G199 ÿ 3
poles, black
A24ñ04674567
14 - Plug connection for detector
click 3 -G198 ÿ 3
poles, orange

8
10

24-30
Machine Translated by Google

Cables and components: checking using the VAG

1598/31 box

Generally, refer to the current flow diagram.

If for the control of one of the components it is not expressly indicated whether the
control device must be connected to the wiring harness
from control device 1 or 2, refer to the route diagram
of the current.

For example, to check the connecting cables from the detector to

knock 1 -G61 ”to engine control unit” (in this
For example, it is not explicitly stated whether this is to control the
cables leading to the motor control unit 1 or 2), it is possible to see on the current flow
diagram that the detector of
Knock 1 -G61 is connected to the engine control unit 1.

This therefore means that the control box must logically be connected to the engine
wiring harness leading to the engine control unit 1.

24-31

Use:

ÿ The VAG 1598/31 control box is designed in such a way that it

VAG 1598/31 can be connected simultaneously to the wiring harness leading to
the engine control unit as well as to the engine control unit itself.

ÿ The electronic engine control thus remains fully operational when the control box is
connected (e.g. for the
measurement of signals with the engine running).
ÿ The various control operations indicate whether it is necessary
or not to also connect the engine control unit
to the control box.
W00ñ0943

24-32
Machine Translated by Google

ÿ For testing, use the VAG 1526 hand-held multimeter or the VAG 1715 multimeter
and the VAG 1527 diode test lamp. ÿ Always use the auxiliary cables from the
VAG 1594 measuring adapter set to connect the test devices to the VAG 1598/31
test box.

Attention !

To avoid any risk of destruction of electronic components, switch to the

corresponding measuring range before connecting the measuring cables and
observe the test conditions.

24-33

1
VAG 1598/31 control box: connection

1 2
Important: Switch off the ignition.

1 – Loosen the cross-head screws -1- on the electronics box/water box.

– Unclip the water box cover -2- at the front at the apron level
-arrows-.

A24ñ0185 – Remove the water box cover.

– Pry off the cover -1- from the awning screen and loosen the cross-head screw -arrow-
1 on the rear right side.

– Loosen the remaining cross-head screws -arrows-.

– Remove the electronics box/water box cover.

A24ñ0184

24-34
Machine Translated by Google

– Loosen the mounting bracket of both control devices.

3 – Remove control unit 1 or control unit 2.

Please note: the numbers in the figure opposite do not correspond.
to the designation of control devices

1 2

A10ñ1176

VAG 1598/31 – Unlock the connection plug of the control unit

of engine 1 or engine control unit 2 and disconnect it.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the connection plug of the
corresponding wiring harness.

– Carry out the check in accordance with the instructions given in

the different stages of repair.

W00ñ0943

24-35

– The figure opposite shows the control box connected to the wiring harness
of the engine control unit 1.

After reinstalling the engine control unit, perform

VAG 1598/31 the following operations:

– Carry out adaptation of the throttle control unit -J338 ÿ

page 24-206.

– Query the fault memory, then erase its contents if necessary.

necessary.

– If the contents of the fault memory have been erased, it is imperative

to generate the “Readiness” code again ÿ page 01-140.

A24ñ0463

24-36
Machine Translated by Google

– The figure opposite shows the control box connected to the wiring harness of the
engine control unit 2.

After reinstalling the engine control unit, perform

VAG 1598/31
the following operations:

– Carry out adaptation of the throttle control unit -J338 ÿ

page 24-206.

– Query the fault memory, then erase its contents if necessary.

necessary.

– If the contents of the fault memory have been erased, it is imperative

to generate the “Readiness” code again ÿ page 01-140.

A24ñ0462

24-37

Engine control unit: replacement

Use:

Engine control unit mounting location ÿ

page 24-5.
It is only necessary to replace the control unit that is found to be defective during self-
diagnosis or fault finding.

Deposit

– Connect the on-board diagnostic, metrology and

VAS 5051 information page, then successively select control unit 1 by entering
“address” 01 and control unit 2 by entering “address” 11 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the ignition must be on.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Identification of the engine control unit ÿ page 01-14
1
2 - Identification of the immobilizer control device ÿ
2
page 01-14

– First, systematically display the identification of the app-

same command and print it.

A01ñ0121

24-38
Machine Translated by Google

1
– Loosen the cross-head screws -1- on the electronics box/water box.

1 2
– Unclip the water box cover -2- at the front at the apron level
1 -arrows-.

– Remove the water box cover.

A24ñ0185

– Pry off the cover -1- from the awning screen and loosen the cross-head screw -arrow-
1 on the rear right side.

– Loosen the remaining cross-head screws -arrows-.

– Remove the electronics box/water box cover.

A24ñ0184

24-39

– Loosen the mounting bracket of both control devices.

3 – Remove engine control unit 1 or engine control unit 2 as appropriate. Caution: The
numbers in the figure opposite do not correspond to the designation of the engine
control units. Refer to the overview of installation locations ÿ page 24-5.

1 2

Repose

A10ñ1176
Refitting is carried out in the reverse order to removal.

Important note:
Once the new engine control unit has been reinstalled, the following operations must
be carried out:

– Query the fault memory, then erase its contents if necessary.

necessary.

– Carry out adaptation of the throttle control unit -J338 ÿ

page 24-206.

24-40
Machine Translated by Google

– Follow the instructions regarding the coding of the device.

new engine control ÿ page 01-124.

– On vehicles equipped with cruise control (recognizable

at the commodo), activate the regulator in the engine control unit:

ÿ Electrical equipment; Repair group 01; Cruise control: self-diagnosis; Cruise control:
check

– Adapt the immobilizer to the engine control unit (if the

two engine control units have been replaced, it is necessary to adapt both units to
the immobilizer):
ÿ Electrical equipment; Repair group 01; Immobilizer:
Self-diagnosis; Adaptation after replacement of the device
engine control

– Generate the “Readiness” code ÿ page 01-140.

24-41

Idle speed: check

Prerequisites for control

Sealed exhaust system.

Coolant temperature 85 °C min. (display group 04, display area 3 in engine control
unit 1)

Power consumers off (when checking, the radiator fan must not be running).

Air conditioner off.

Compression gauge not connected.

Selector lever in position P or N (on vehicles equipped with a

automatic gearbox).

24-42
Machine Translated by Google

Idle speed: check

Use:

ÿ It is not possible to adjust the idle speed.

ÿ The idle speed is checked during the basic engine adjustment.
tor.

ÿ During basic engine adjustment, the air conditioning compressor is automatically

switched off and the solenoid valve for the activated carbon canister (AKF solenoid
valve) is closed.

– Connect the on-board diagnostic, metrology and

VAS 5051 information, then successively select the engine control unit 1 by entering
“address” 01 and the engine control unit 2 by entering “address” 11 ÿ page

01-9.
During this operation, the engine must be idling.

24-43

– Query the fault memory ÿ page 01-16. No faults are

must be stored in the memory; eliminate any faults, erase the memory contents,
stop the engine and restart it, carry out a test run and interrogate the fault memory
again as a check.

– Idle the engine.

– Carry out the following check in the engine control unit 1 (address 01)

Attention !

The electric radiator fan should not be running.

24-44
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function

1 “04 - Basic setting”.

A01ñ0122

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “056” via the keyboard -2- to select the “Number
789 display group 056” and confirm using the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

24-45

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

2 – Check whether the speed indicated in display area -1- (actual speed)
3 is within the permissible tolerance range.
4

A01ñ0139

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 056: Idle stabilization when the engine has reached operating temperature

Screen xxx tr/mn xxx tr/mn x,x % XXXXX

(Real) diet (Assigned) regime Idle speed regulator Operating states

Display Changing the torque
Value 520 ... 770 tr/min 600 tr/min x,x % 00000
assigned

Note If the assigned value Meaning of the numbers

is not reached ÿ ÿ page 24-48
page 24-48

24-46
Machine Translated by Google

Use:

ÿ The speed indicated in display area 1 (actual speed) corresponds to the actual engine
speed. ÿ The speed indicated in display
area 2 (assigned speed) corresponds to a theoretical speed calculated by the engine
control unit.

ÿ At idle, the control units always try to adapt the actual speed to the assigned speed (the
assigned idle speed is calculated in the engine control unit 1).

ÿ The actual speed at idle must therefore always correspond approximately to the
assigned speed. ÿ Display areas 3 and
4 are for information purposes only and are not decisive for checking the idle speed.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 If the assigned value is reached:

2
34 – End the “04 - Basic setting” function by pressing the button.
That .

If the assigned value is not reached:

– Re-interrogate the fault memory of both devices.

A01ñ0139 engine control ÿ page 01-16.

– If the contents of the fault memory have been erased, it is imperative to generate the
“Readiness” code again ÿ page 01-140.

24-47

If the idle speed is too low or too high and no fault is recorded in the fault memory,
carry out the following checks marked with a dot:

Check for parasitic air in the intake system ÿ page 24-101.

Check the throttle control unit ÿ page 24-205.

Solenoid valve for activated carbon tank permanently open; check ÿpage 24-191.

Carry out adaptation of the throttle control unit ÿpage 24-206.

Meaning of the 5-character display of display group 056

xxxxx Display area 4

0 Air Conditioner Compressor: 0 = Air Conditioner Compressor Off; 1 = Air Conditioner Compressor Off;
circuit mixer

0 Permanent display 0
0 Air conditioner ready to operate on maximum heating or cooling power
0 Permanent display 0
0 Power steering pressure
0 = No signal from power steering pressure switch
1 = Power steering pressure switch signal (full lock, fast steering movements)

24-48
Machine Translated by Google

Fuel pressure regulator and holding pressure: check

Prerequisites for control

Fuel pump relay intact.

Fuel pump in good condition. ÿ Fuel

supply - Gasoline engines; Repair group-
tion 20

Fuel filter in good condition.

Battery voltage 11 volts minimum.

Use:

The fuel pressure regulator regulates the fuel pressure based on the pressure in the
intake manifold, which has the effect of maintaining the pressure drop at the injectors
constant throughout all engine speed ranges and load conditions.

Attention !

The fuel system is under pressure! Place a rag around the connection point
before loosening the hose connections or opening the test port (for measuring
fuel pressure). Then relieve the pressure by carefully loosening the threaded
connection.

– Briefly open the fuel cap (to release the pressure)

sion).
24-49

– Cover the threaded assembly subjected to pressure with a cloth.

fuel.

– Unscrew the threaded assembly -arrow- and collect the leaking fuel using a cloth.

Use:

The threaded assembly is located behind the cylinder head of cylinder bank 1 (cylinders
1 to 6), under the black plastic cap.
A24ñ0471

VAG 1318 – Place the VAG 1318 compression gauge using the VAG 1318/15, 1318/7 adapters
between the supply line and the fuel distributor pipe.

– Open the stopcock of the compression gauge. The lever is parallel

in the direction of flow.

Use:

The stopcock of the compression meter must be open (lever parallel to the direction of
flow).
A24ñ0473

24-50
Machine Translated by Google

– Start the engine and let it idle.

– Measure fuel pressure.

Assigned value: approx. 3.5 bar overpressure

– Disconnect the vacuum hose at the fuel pressure regulator -arrow-.

Use:

If, during the next pressure check, fuel flows at the pressure regulator vacuum tap,
replace the pressure regulator.
A24ñ0252

The fuel pressure should rise to approx. 4.0 bar overpressure.

If the assigned value is not reached.

– Replace the pressure regulator on a trial basis and repeat the pressure check.

– If the assigned value is still not reached, check the fuel pump or supply line for damage
(e.g. crushing points); replace if necessary.

If the assigned value is reached:

– Reconnect the vacuum hose.

24-51

– Switch off the ignition.

– Check the seal and the retaining pressure by observing the pressure drop on the
pressure gauge.

After 10 minutes, the overpressure must still be at least 3 bar.

If the holding pressure drops below 3.0 bar overpressure:

– Start the engine and let it idle.

VAG 1318
– When the pressure has risen, switch off the ignition.
Simultaneously close the stopcock of the VAG 1318 compression tester (lever
perpendicular to the direction of flow).

– Check the pressure drop at the pressure gauge.

N24ñ0618 If the pressure drops again, possible causes of failure are:

ÿ Compression gauge threaded assemblies downstream of the shut-off valve

not waterproof

ÿ Faulty fuel pressure regulator

ÿ Leaky injectors

24-52
Machine Translated by Google

If the pressure does not drop, the possible causes of the fault are as follows:

Use:

The pressure drop can be observed at the pressure gauge depending on whether the
compression gauge stopcock is pointing towards the tank or towards the intake manifold.

ÿ The threaded assembly between the compression meter and the feed pipe
fuel tank is not watertight

ÿ The supply line is not watertight at the tank level

fuel

– The fuel pump check valve is not tight. ÿ Fuel supply - Gasoline engines; Repair
group
tion 20; Fuel supply

Use:

Before removing the compression gauge, open the shut-off valve to relieve the fuel
pressure. Place a container in front of the connection for this purpose.

24-53

Injection flow, sealing and jet shape of the

injectors: control
Control condition

Correct fuel pressure.

– To access the injectors, it is necessary to remove the intake manifold ÿpage 24-104.

24-54
Machine Translated by Google

– Disconnect the electrical plug connections at the injectors; to do this,

first push the release button back
down, then inward -arrow-.
Use:
When the plug connection is unlocked, the unlock button automatically
remains in the down position. When the plug is
reconnected, the unlock button goes up again.

A24ñ0450

24-55

1 2 – Loosen the fuel supply line -1- and the fuel return
line -2- at the fuel distributor pipe.

fuel. Collect the fuel that

drains with a clean cloth.

– Disconnect the vacuum hose at the fuel pressure regulator.

– Remove the fuel distributor tube fixing

screws -arrows- (tightening torque 10 Nm).

– Remove the fuel distributor tube

gearbox side together with
injectors at the tubing level
intake by moving it evenly upwards and
place it in the engine compartment on a
clean cloth.
– Reconnect the fuel supply line -1- and the fuel return
line -2- to the fuel distributor pipe.

fuel.

A24ñ0470
24-56
Machine Translated by Google

Injector tightness: check

VAG 1602 – Place the injector to be tested in a graduated cylinder of the apparatus.
VAG 1602 injection flow control valve.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 1, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

– Bridge contacts 1 and 65 of the control box using the cables from the VAG
1594 A metrology adapter set (this operation grounds one side of the pump
relay coil)
W00ñ0591 fuel).

A24ñ0472

24-57

– Turn on the ignition.

Use:
After switching on the ignition, the fuel pump runs continuously, even when
the engine is switched off, for
the following reasons: once the ignition contact is made, the relay
fuel pump is connected to the positive pole via the power plant. The
Fuel pump relay is connected to ground by means of the jumper
in the control box.

– Check the injectors for leaks (visual inspection). It must not

flow more than 1 to 2 drops of fuel per minute per injector when the pump
is operating.

– If the fuel loss is greater, stop the fuel pump (switch off the ignition) and replace the faulty injector.

24-58
Machine Translated by Google

Injection flow rate: control

– Place the injector to be tested in a graduated cylinder of the apparatus.

VAG 1602 injection flow control valve.
V.A.G 1348/3ñ2
– Connect one of the injector contacts to engine ground using the VAG 1594 A test cable
and crocodile clip.

– Using the VAG 1348/3A remote control, the VAG 1348/3-2 adapter cable and the
auxiliary cable, connect the second contact of the injector to the positive pole.

– Turn on the ignition.

ÿ The fuel pump must be working

VAG 1348/3A A24ñ0079
– Operate the VAG 1348/3A remote control for 30 seconds.
counts.

– Carry out the measurement at all injectors.

– After activating four injectors respectively, place the graduated test tubes on a flat
surface.

Value assigned for each injector:

ÿ 121 ... 131 ml

24-59

If the assigned value is not reached for all injectors:

– Check fuel pressure ÿ page 24-49.

If the assigned value is not reached for one of the injectors:

– Replace the corresponding injector.

Use:

When checking the injection flow, also check the jet shape. The shape of the jet should
be identical for all injectors.

The fuel distributor with injectors is reinstalled in a similar manner, proceeding

in the reverse order to that of removal. However, the following points should be
noted:

Replace the O-rings at all connection points that have been opened. (When replacing
the front O-ring, the plastic cap must not be removed from the injector head under
any circumstances - feed the O-ring over the plastic cap).

Moisten the O-rings with clean engine oil.

Check that the retaining clips are properly attached.

Ensure that the injectors are correctly positioned.

24-60
Machine Translated by Google

Injectors: check
– To access the injectors, it is necessary to remove the intake manifold ÿpage
24-104.

Injectors: electrical control

– Disconnect the plug from the injector to be checked.

– To do this, push the unlock button first downwards, then inwards -arrow-.

Use:
When the plug connection is unlocked, the unlock button automatically
remains in the down position. When the plug is reconnected, the unlock
button moves up again.

A24ñ0450

24-61

– Connect the hand-held multimeter to the injector to measure the resistance.

tance.

Assigned value: 13...16 ÿ

Use:
The resistance of the injectors increases by approx. 4...6 ÿ when the engine
has reached operating temperature.

A96ñ0134
If the assigned value is not reached:

– Replace the injector.

24-62
Machine Translated by Google

If the assigned value is reached:

– Check the voltage supply ÿ page 24-63.

Voltage supply: check

– Disconnect the plug from the injector to be checked ÿ page 24-61.

– Connect the LED indicator light to socket 1 of the plug and to ground to measure the
voltage.

2 1

A24ñ0468

24-63

– Operate the starter for a few seconds (by doing so, it

it is possible that the engine will start).

Assigned value: The LED indicator lamp must light up.

If the LED indicator light comes on:

– Check the connecting cables for ground activation from the engine control units ÿ
page 24-65.

If the LED indicator light does not light up:

– Check the continuity of the connection cable between socket 1 and the fuel pump
relay via the injector fuse for an open circuit; if necessary, remove the open circuit. ÿ
“Current flow diagrams, Troubleshooting electrical equipment and
Installation locations” folder

2 1

A24ñ0468

24-64
Machine Translated by Google

Connection cables: control

– Switch off the ignition.

– Disconnect the plug from the injector to be checked ÿ page 24-61.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to the engine control unit, do not connect the engine control unit ÿ page
24-31.

– It is imperative to refer to the current flow diagram for

to be able to perform the various operations.
ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

Use:

The injectors of cylinder bank 1 (cylinders 1 to 6) are activated by

the engine control unit 1.
The injectors of cylinder bank 2 (cylinders 7 to 12) are activated by
the engine control unit 2.

24-65

– Check that the following connection cable does not have any
no cut or short circuit to ground or positive pole:

Cylinder Two-pole plug of the Control box

wiring harness VAG 1598/31, at
Socket beam level
of control device cables

2 1 of engine 1
A24ñ0468
Socket

1 2 96

2 2 112

3 2 88

4 2 113

5 2 97

6 2 89

24-66
Machine Translated by Google

– Check that the following connection cable does not have any
no cut or short circuit to ground or positive pole:

Cylinder Two-pole plug of the Control box

wiring harness VAG 1598/31, at
Socket beam level
of control device cables

2 1 from engine 2
A24ñ0468
Socket

7 2 89

8 2 97

9 2 113

10 2 88

11 2 112

12 2 96

Cable resistance: 1.5 ohm max

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

– If the connection cable is in good condition, replace the device.

corresponding motor control ÿ page 24-38.

24-67

2
Fuel distributor with
injectors: disassembly and
assemblage
5
Use:
4 Depending on the version, the appearance of the distributor
3
fuel may differ slightly from that
shown in the figure opposite.

1 - Fuel distributor tube

2 - Towards the intake manifold

3 - Retaining clip

4 - O-ring
ÿ Replace
1

87
A24ñ0469
24-68
Machine Translated by Google

2 5 - Fuel pressure regulator

6 - O-ring ÿ
Replace
5 7 - Injector
4
8 - Retaining clip ÿ
3
Ensure that it is correctly positioned at
the injector and the fuel distributor

87
A24ñ0469
24-69

Fuel pump relay -J17 and activation: check

The voltage supply to the fuel pump and certain components of the
injection system is provided via the fuel pump relay -J17.

For the fuel pump relay -J17 to close, the engine must be running, i.e.
the relay is only connected to ground (via the engine control unit) when
the engine control unit detects speed pulses.

Control condition

Correct battery voltage.

Fuel pump relay: function check

Use:
The fuel pump relay is located in the electrical box on the front passenger
side floor, in the micro electrical unit, relay location 4.

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and

A24ñ0244
information system and then select engine control unit 1 by entering
“address” 01 ÿ page 01-9.
During this operation, the ignition must be on.

24-70
Machine Translated by Google

18 21 24
– Start actuator diagnostics and activate the solenoid valve to
17
20 23 activated carbon tank -N80 ÿpage 01-110.
16
19 22

The fuel pump relay should respond and the fuel pump should
function.

1 23456 – Complete the “03 - Actuator Diagnostics” function by pressing

75X 30 30 30a 87F/Diesel
on the key.

If the relay does not react:

A24ñ0100

– Check the activation of the fuel pump relay by the device

motor control 1 ÿ page 24-71.

If the fuel pump is not working.

– Check fuel pump activation and components of the

fuel pump relay ÿpage 24-74.

Fuel pump relay activation: check

– Switch off the ignition.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 1, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

– Connect socket 65 and socket 2 of the control box using a

VAG 1594 auxiliary cable.

24-71

– Turn on the ignition.

18 21 24
Assigned value: Fuel pump relay (relay location 4) must respond.
17
20 23
16
19 22

If the relay now responds, but does not respond during diagnostics
actuators:

1 23456 – Replace engine control unit 1 ÿ page 24-38.

75X 30 30 30a 87F/Diesel

If the relay does not react:

A24ñ0100 – Remove the fuel pump relay from the relay socket (relay location 4).

– Turn on the ignition.

18 21 24 – Connect the hand-held multimeter to contact 19 of the relay base and

17
20 23 to ground to measure voltage.
16
19 22

Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

1 23456
75X 30 30 30a 87F/Diesel

A24ñ0100

24-72
Machine Translated by Google

If the assigned value is not reached:

18 21 24 – Check the connection cables.

17
20 23 ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment
16
19 22 Troubleshooting and Mounting Locations”

If the assigned value is reached:

1 23456 – Check that the following connection cable does not have any
75X 30 30 30a 87F/Diesel no cut or short circuit to ground or positive pole:

Control box Micro power plant at

A24ñ0100
VAG 1598/31 at right at floor level
control device front passenger side
level Location 4
of engine 1 Contact

Socket
65 16
ÿ Workbook “Current flow
diagrams, Troubleshooting
electrical equipment”
and Mounting Locations”

Cable resistance: 1.5 ohm max

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment
Troubleshooting and Mounting Locations”

24-73

If no fault is detected in the cable:

– Replace fuel pump relay -J17.

Fuel pump activation and components: check

6
– Remove the fuse cover in the A-pillar area, at the level of the
floor on the right.

– Extract the fuses through which the fuel pump relay supplies power.
1 10 1

mente components under tension.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment
2
Troubleshooting and Mounting Locations”
3
– Start actuator diagnostics ÿ page 01-110.
4 Use:

5
The actuator diagnosis is interrupted after about 1 minute. Switch to
the next actuator in the meantime to have an additional minute and so
on.

ABCD 7
A97 - 0001

24-74
Machine Translated by Google

– Connect the hand-held multimeter to one of the fuse contacts corresponding to

as well as to ground to measure the voltage.

Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

If the assigned value is not reached:

Repeat the check at the other contact.

If the assigned value is not reached:

– Check the connection cables. ÿ “Current flow

diagrams, Troubleshooting electrical equipment and Mounting locations” folder

If no fault is detected in the cable:

– Replace fuel pump relay -J17.

24-75

Power supply relay for Motronic

-J271: control

Use:

The current supply relay for Motronic -J271 is located in the control unit, in the footwell
area on the front passenger side, in the additional relay carrier, relay location 2.

Power supply relay activation: check

– Switch off the ignition.

– Extract the power supply relay -J271 from the relay holder-
voice

A24-0474
– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness leading to the engine
control unit 1, do not connect the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

24-76
Machine Translated by Google

– Check the following connection cable for a break

or a short circuit.

Control box Power supply relay

VAG 1598/31, at
beam level Contact
of control device cables

from engine 1
Socket

23 4

ÿ Workbook “Current flow diagrams,

Troubleshooting electrical
equipment”
and Mounting Locations”

Cable resistance: 1.5 ohm max

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

If no fault is detected in the cable:

– Check the voltage supply to the current supply relay ÿ page 24-78.

24-77

Check the voltage supply

– Turn on the ignition.

– Connect the hand-held multimeter to contacts 1 and 2 of the relay base

and to ground to measure the voltage.

Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

If the assigned value is not reached, check the connection cables by referring to the
current flow diagram.
ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

If the assigned value is reached, check the connection cable

between the power supply relay and the control unit of the
engine ÿ page 24-79.

24-78
Machine Translated by Google

Connection cable between the power supply relay

and the engine control unit: check

– Check the fuse (see current path diagram).

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

If no fault is found at the fuse level.

– Check the following connection cable for a break

or a short circuit to both control devices.

24-79

Control box Power supply relay

VAG 1598/31, at the wiring Contact
harness level
device cables
motor control 1

Socket

3 8

ÿ Workbook “Course diagrams of the

Current, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting
and Mounting Locations”
Control box Power supply relay
VAG 1598/31, at the wiring Contact
harness level
device cables
motor control 2
Socket

3 8

ÿ Workbook “Course diagrams of the

Current, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting
and Mounting Locations”

Cable resistance: 1.5 ohm max

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

If all the checks carried out have not detected any anomaly, replace the current supply
relay -J271.

24-80
Machine Translated by Google

Power supply to the control unit: check

Prerequisite for control:

Engine control unit fuse intact.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and Mounting
Locations”

Battery voltage 11 V minimum.

Alternator in good condition.

Important note:
Please refer to the current flow diagram.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to the engine control unit 1 or to the engine control unit
motor control 2, do not connect the control unit
of the engine ÿ page 24-31.

24-81

– Turn on the ignition.

– Connect the hand-held multimeter successively to the following contacts of the control
box as well as to ground to measure the voltage.

Control box Signification

VAG 1598/31, at
beam level
of control device cables

of engine 1
Socket

3 More from the main relay

21 Plus, borne 15

49 Plus, borne 15

62 Plus, borne 30

Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

If the assigned value is not reached, check the voltage supply by referring to the current
flow diagram.
ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and Mounting
Locations”

Also check if ground is applied at socket 1

and 2 from the control box.

24-82
Machine Translated by Google

Control box Signification

VAG 1598/31, at
beam level
of control device
cables
from engine 2
Socket

3 More from the main

relay
21 Plus, borne 15
62 Plus, borne 30

Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

If the assigned value is not reached, check the voltage supply by

referring to the current flow diagram.
ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment
Troubleshooting and Mounting Locations”

Also check if the ground is applied at socket 1,

2 and 49 of the control box.

24-83

Mass air flow meter: check

Mounting location ÿ Mounting locations: overview - page 24-5.

Use:
The control principle is identical for both air flow meters
mass.
The -G70 mass air flow sensor measures the mass of air taken in by
cylinders 1 to 6. It is connected to the engine control unit 1.
Mass air flow sensor 2 -G246 measures the intake air mass
by cylinders 7 to 12. It is connected to the engine control unit 2.

Control condition

Coolant temperature 80°C min.

Power consumers off (when checking, the radiator fan must not be
running).

Air conditioner off.

Selector lever in position P or N (on vehicles equipped with a

automatic gearbox).

Mass air flow sensor fuse intact.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment
Troubleshooting and Mounting Locations”

24-84
Machine Translated by Google

Mass air flow meter -G70: function check

Use:

Check the operation of the mass air flow sensor -G246 ÿ page 24-93.

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and information system
and then select engine control unit 1 by entering “address” 01 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the engine must be idling.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function

1 “04 - Basic setting”.

A01ñ0122

24-85

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “002” via the keypad -2 to select “Display group number 002” and
789 confirm using the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the assigned values for load detection in display areas -3- and -4-.
2
34

A01ñ0139

24-86
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 002: Air mass admitted when the engine is idling and has reached its operating temperature

Screen xxx tr/mn xxx % xx,x ms xxx,x g/s

Engine speed Charge Injection duration Air mass

Display average
Value 520 ... 770 tr/min 10 ... 25 % 1,0 ... 5,0 ms 2,0 ... 7,0 g/s
assigned
Use --- ---

If the assigned value is not reached: Interpretation ÿ page

24-88

If the assigned value is reached:

– End the “04 - Basic setting” function by pressing the button.

That .

24-87

Interpretation of display group 002

Display area: 3 Possible causes of the defect Elimination of the defect

Less than 1.0 ms ÿ Low values can only occur at

during a journey in the deceleration phase

Greater than 5.0 ms ÿ Engine load from auxiliary components – Neutralize engine load
(air conditioning/power steering/alternator)

ÿ Irregular idle (does not work on all – Check the spark plugs
cylinders) – Check the injectors ÿ page 24-61

ÿ Throttle control unit -J338 defective- – Check the throttle control unit ÿ page 24-205
killer

Display area: 4 Possible causes of the defect Elimination of the defect

Less than 2.0 g/s ÿ Significant amount of parasitic air between the intake manifold and the – Check the system for leaks
mass air flow sensor d’admission (air parasite) ÿ page
ÿ Power supply to the mass air flow meter or connecting cables 24-101
to the device – Check the voltage supply or
engine control connecting cables ÿ page
24-89

Greater than 7.0 g/s ÿ Engine load from auxiliary components – Neutralize engine load
(air conditioning/power steering/alternator)

ÿ Power supply to the mass air flow meter or connecting cables – Check the voltage supply or
to the device connecting cables ÿ page
engine control 24-89

24-88
Machine Translated by Google

Mass air flow meter voltage supply: check

Prerequisites for control:

Mass air flow sensor fuse intact.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

Fuel pump relay intact.

Use:

The power supply to the mass air flow sensor is via

the fuel pump relay.

– Disconnect the mass air flow sensor plug.

– Connect the multimeter as follows to measure the voltage:

sion.

Plug connection Measuring point

Contact

2 Engine mass

– Briefly operate the starter (in doing so, the

engine starts).
5 4 3 2 1
A23ñ0058

ÿ Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

24-89

If the assigned value is not reached:

– Check whether the connection cable from contact 2 of the plug to

Fuel pump relay via fuse has an open or
a short circuit to ground:
ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

– Connect the hand-held multimeter to contacts 2 and 3 of the plug for

measure the voltage.

– Briefly operate the starter (in doing so, the

engine starts).

ÿ Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

Use:

A23ñ0058
Contact 3 of the plug is earthed via the control unit
5 4 3 2 1
of the engine.

If the assigned value is not reached:

– Check the connection cables ÿ page 24-92.

24-90
Machine Translated by Google

– Connect the hand-held multimeter to contacts 3 and 4 of the plug for

measure the voltage.

ÿ Assigned value: approximately 5 V

If the assigned value is not reached:

– Check the connection cables ÿ page 24-92.

5 4 3 2 1
A23ñ0058

24-91

Mass Air Flow Meter Connection Cables: Check

Use:

The signal transmission cable is also checked during the

cable control.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 1, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

– Check that the following connection cables do not have

of cut-off or short-circuit to ground or to the positive pole:

Plug connection Control box

Contact VAG 1598/31
Socket

3 27

4 53

5 4 3 2 1
A23ñ0058 5 29

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

– Also check that the cables do not have any short circuits.
between them.

If the connection cable is intact:

– Replace the mass air flow sensor -G70.

24-92
Machine Translated by Google

Mass air flow sensor -G246: function check

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and information system
and then select the engine control unit 2 by entering “address” 11 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the engine must be idling.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function

1 “04 - Basic setting”.

A01ñ0122

24-93

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “002” via the keypad -2 to select “Display group number 002” and
789 confirm using the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the assigned values for load detection in display areas -3- and -4-.
2
34

A01ñ0139

24-94
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 002: Air mass admitted when the engine is idling and has reached its operating temperature

Screen xxx tr/mn xxx % xx,x ms xxx,x g/s

Engine speed Charge Injection duration Air mass

Display average
Value 520 ... 770 tr/min 10 ... 25 % 1,0 ... 5,0 ms 2,0 ... 7,0 g/s
assigned
Use --- ---

If the assigned value is not reached: Interpretation ÿ page

24-96

If the assigned value is reached:

– End the “04 - Basic setting” function by pressing the button.

That .

24-95

Interpretation of display group 002

Display area: 3 Possible causes of the defect Elimination of the defect

Less than 1.0 ms ÿ Low values can only occur at

during a journey in the deceleration phase

Greater than 5.0 ms ÿ Engine load from auxiliary components – Neutralize engine load
(air conditioning/power steering/alternator)

ÿ Irregular idle (does not work on all – Check the spark plugs
cylinders) – Check the injectors ÿ page 24-61

ÿ Throttle control unit -J544 defective- – Check the throttle control unit ÿ page 24-205
killer

Display area: 4 Possible causes of the defect Elimination of the defect

Less than 2.0 g/s ÿ Significant amount of parasitic air between the intake manifold and the – Check the system for leaks
mass air flow sensor d’admission (air parasite) ÿ page
ÿ Power supply to the mass air flow meter or connecting cables 24-101
to the device – Check the voltage supply or
engine control connecting cables ÿ page
24-97

Greater than 7.0 g/s ÿ Engine load from auxiliary components – Neutralize engine load
(air conditioning/power steering/alternator)

ÿ Power supply to the mass air flow meter or connecting cables – Check the voltage supply or
to the device connecting cables ÿ page
engine control 24-97

24-96
Machine Translated by Google

Mass air flow meter voltage supply: check

Prerequisites for control:

Mass air flow sensor fuse intact.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

Fuel pump relay intact.

Use:

The power supply to the mass air flow sensor is via

the fuel pump relay.

– Disconnect the mass air flow sensor plug.

– Connect the multimeter as follows to measure the voltage:

sion.

Plug connection Measuring point

Contact

2 Engine mass

– Briefly operate the starter (in doing so, the

engine starts).
5 4 3 2 1
A23ñ0058

ÿ Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

24-97

If the assigned value is not reached:

– Check whether the connection cable from contact 2 of the plug to

Fuel pump relay via fuse has an open or
a short circuit to ground:
ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

– Connect the hand-held multimeter to contacts 2 and 3 of the plug for

measure the voltage.

– Briefly operate the starter (in doing so, the

engine starts).

ÿ Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

Use:

A23ñ0058
Contact 3 of the plug is earthed via the control unit
5 4 3 2 1
of the engine.

If the assigned value is not reached:

– Check the connection cables ÿ page 24-100.

24-98
Machine Translated by Google

– Connect the hand-held multimeter to contacts 3 and 4 of the plug for

measure the voltage.

ÿ Assigned value: approximately 5 V

If the assigned value is not reached:

– Check the connection cables ÿ page 24-100.

5 4 3 2 1
A23ñ0058

24-99

Mass Air Flow Meter Connection Cables: Check

Use:

The signal transmission cable is also checked during the

cable control.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 2, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

– Check that the following connection cables do not have

of cut-off or short-circuit to ground or to the positive pole:

Plug connection Control box

Contact VAG 1598/31
Socket

3 27

4 53

5 4 3 2 1
A23ñ0058 5 29

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

– Also check that the cables do not have any short circuits.
between them.

If the connection cable is intact:

– Replace mass air flow sensor -G246.

24-100
Machine Translated by Google

Intake system: leak test (parasitic air)

Special tools, workshop devices and necessary auxiliaries

YOU 5051 ÿ VAS 5051 with VAS 5051/1

ÿ Leak detector spray G 001 800 A1

Use:

ÿ Due to the negative pressure in the intake system, the leak detection spray is sucked
in with the parasitic air. The leak detection spray reduces the flammability of the
mixture. This results in a drop in engine speed and a significant increase in the CO
content.
W00ñ0706
ÿ Strictly follow the safety instructions on the
spray bomb.

How the check is carried out

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and information system
and then select engine control unit 1 by entering “address” 01 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the engine must be idling.

24-101

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “08 - Read measured value block”.
1

A01ñ0122

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “001” via the keypad -2 to select “Display group number 001” and
789 confirm using the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

24-102
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Read the engine speed indicated in display area -1-.

2
34 – Systematically spray the parts of the intake system with leak detector spray.

If the engine speed decreases:

– Ensure that the intake system does not have any leaks at the sprayed location and
A01ñ0139 eliminate any leaks.

– Complete the function “08 - Read measured value block” by pressing

pressing the key.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “06 - End transmission”.

1

– Switch off the ignition.

A01ñ0122

24-103

10 11 12 Intake manifold: removal and

9 13
replacement
14
Intake Manifold - Overview
15

16
1 - Lower part of the ad- tubing
mission
8
ÿ Drop off and put back ÿ
page 24-120
7

6 2 - 9 Nm

17 3 - Joint ÿ
5 Replace
18

19 4 - Fuel distributor ÿ Remove and

4 reinstall: ÿ Motro-nic ignition
20
and injection system; Repair group 24
21

22 5 - 9 Nm
3
23
6 - Lateral part of the ad- tubing
2 24 mission
ÿ Remove and reinstall the left side of the intake
manifold ÿ page 24-108

1 ÿ Remove and reinstall the side part of the right-

hand intake manifold ÿ page 24-111

25 A15ñ0669
24-104
Machine Translated by Google

10 11 12
9 13 7 - Joint ÿ
Replace

14 8 - Threaded plate
15
9 - 7 Nm + continue to turn 1/2 turn (180°) ÿ Replace
16 ÿ Tighten
diagonally
starting from the middle
8

7
10 - Upper part of the intake manifold ÿ Remove and
6 reinstall ÿ
page 24-114
17
5
18
11 - Vacuum hose
19
4
12 - Tubular nozzle
20

21 13 - 9 Nm

22 14 - Joint ÿ
3
23 Replace

2 24

25 A15ñ0669
24-105

10 11 12
9 13 15 - Vacuum hose ÿ To the brake
booster

14 16 - 22 Nm
15
17 - Throttle control unit -J338 (left side) or throttle
16 control unit 2 -J544 (right side)

8 18 - Joint ÿ
Replace
7

6 19 - Support ÿ
For plug connection of lambda probe and lambda
17 probe heater
5
18

19 20 - 9 Nm
4
20 21 - 22 Nm
21

22
3
23

2 24

25 A15ñ0669
24-106
Machine Translated by Google

10 11 12
9 13
22 - O-ring ÿ Replace
ÿ For assembly,
moisten with fuel
14
15 ÿ Do not use silicone-based anti-friction products

16
23 - Support
8 24 - 9 Nm
7 25 - Gasket
6 ÿ Replace ÿ
Place it in the cylinder head
17
5
18

19
4
20

21

22
3
23

2 24

25 A15ñ0669
24-107

Intake manifold side section, left side: removal

and installation

– Remove the cover located behind the intake manifold -arrows-.

A10ñ1166

– Remove the cover located on the left in the engine compartment

-arrows-.

A10ñ1211

24-108
Machine Translated by Google

– Remove the air guide hose, left side -arrows-.

A15ñ0670

– Remove the vacuum hose -arrow- leading to the brake booster at

level of the side part of the intake manifold, left side.

A10ñ1245

24-109

– Disconnect the electrical plug connection -4-.

1
3
Use:

When loosening screw -1-, secure the threaded plate to prevent it from falling.
2

– Unscrew the screws -1 ... 3- and remove the side part of the ad-
mission, left side.

A10ñ1203
Repose
4
Refitting is carried out in the reverse order to removal, taking into account the following:

Use:

Replace the seals.

Tightening torques

Component Nm

Side part of the intake manifold on top part of 22

the manifold
d’admission

Support for plug connections on 9

side part of the intake manifold

24-110
Machine Translated by Google

Intake manifold side section, right side: removal and

installation

– Remove the cover located behind the intake manifold -arrows-.

A10ñ1166

– Remove the cover located on the right in the engine compartment

-arrows-.

A10ñ1214

24-111

– Remove the air guide hose, right side -arrows-.

A15ñ0671

– Unscrew the cap of the oil filler nozzle.

2
4 – Disconnect the electrical plug connection -1-.

3 Use:
When loosening screw -4-, secure the threaded plate to prevent it from falling.

– Unscrew screws -2 ... 4- and remove the side part of the intake manifold,
right side.
A10ñ1201
1

24-112
Machine Translated by Google

Repose

Refitting is carried out in the reverse order to removal, taking into account
the following:

Use:
Replace the seals.

Tightening torques

Component Nm
Side part of the intake manifold on top of the 22
intake manifold

Support for plug connections on the side of the 9

intake manifold

24-113

Upper part of the intake manifold: removal and

reinstallation

– Remove the cover located behind the intake manifold -arrows-.

A10ñ1166

– Remove the cover located on the left in the engine compartment

-arrows-.

A10ñ1211

24-114
Machine Translated by Google

– Remove the air guide hose, left side -arrows-.

A15ñ0670

– Remove the vacuum hose -arrow- leading to the brake booster at the side
of the intake manifold, left side.

A10ñ1245

24-115

– Disconnect the electrical plug connection -4-.

1
3
– Unscrew the screws -2- and remove the holder for plug connections. The
plug connections remain in the holder.
2
Use:
Screws -1- and -3- must not be loosened.

A10ñ1203
4

– Remove the cover located on the right in the engine compartment

-arrows-.

A10ñ1214

24-116
Machine Translated by Google

– Remove the air guide hose, right side -arrows-.

A15ñ0671

– Unscrew the cap of the oil filler nozzle.

2
4 – Disconnect the electrical plug connection -1-.

3 – Unscrew the screws -3- and remove the holder for plug connections. The
plug connections remain in the holder.

Use:
Screws -2- and -4- must not be loosened.
A10ñ1201
1

24-117

– Disconnect vacuum hoses -1- and -4-.

2
3 – Unscrew the tubular nozzles at the intake pipe -2- and -3-.

1 4

A15ñ0672

– Remove the upper part of the intake manifold -screws 1 and 2-.

A15ñ0677

24-118
Machine Translated by Google

Repose

Refitting is carried out in the reverse order to removal, taking into account
the following:

Use:
ÿ Replace the aluminum screws.
ÿ Replace the seals.

Tightening torques

Component Nm

Upper part of the intake manifold to lower part 7 + 180°

1)2)3)
of the intake manifold

Tubular nozzle on upper part 9

from the intake manifold
Side part of the intake manifold on top part of 22
the manifold
d’admission

Support for plug connections on 9

side part of the intake manifold

1) Replace the screws

2) 180° corresponds to a half turn
3) Take into account different screw lengths

24-119

Lower part of the intake manifold: removal and reinstallation

– Remove the upper part of the intake manifold ÿ page

24-114.
2

– Remove the solenoid valves for activated carbon tank -1- and -2- from the
support.

A15ñ0673

– Disconnect the electrical plug connections at the injectors; to do this, first

push the release button back
down, then inward -arrow-.

A24ñ0450

24-120
Machine Translated by Google

– Unscrew the fuel distributor screws -1-.

– Unscrew the lower part of the intake manifold -2-.

– Remove the lower part of the intake manifold together with the fuel distributor by
working upwards; do not disconnect the fuel hoses.

Repose

1
2 Refitting is carried out in the reverse order to removal, taking into account the
following:

Use:

Replace the gaskets and seal rings.

A15ñ0674
– Engage the tenons of the gasket located at the lower part of the intake manifold in
the bores of the cylinder heads.

– Reinstall the lower part of the joint intake manifold-

ment with the fuel distributor.

Tightening torques

Component Nm

Lower part of the intake manifold on cylinder 9

heads

Fuel distributor on cylinder head 9

24-121

Lambda regulation: control

Important notes on lambda regulation of 12-
cylinder engines
Use:

Look carefully at the arrangement of the four pre-catalysts and the eight lambda probes
in the overview of the installation locations ÿ page 24-5/see following pages.

Each group of three cylinders has its own exhaust manifold and its own pre-catalyst.
The whole is referred to as an “exhaust bank”.

The engine control unit 1 ensures lambda regulation of cylinders 1 to 6. Cylinders 1 to

6 are distributed over exhaust bank 1 (cylinders 1, 2 and 3) and exhaust bank 2
(cylinders 4, 5 and 6).

The engine control unit 2 ensures lambda regulation of cylinders 7 to 12. Cylinders 7
to 12 are distributed over exhaust bank 3 (cylinders 7, 8 and 9) and exhaust bank 4
(cylinders 10, 11 and 12).

24-122
Machine Translated by Google

Cylinders 1 to 6

If engine control unit 1 has been selected using VAS 5051 (address 01), the term "Bank
1" in lambda control refers to the pre-catalyst of cylinders 1, 2 and 3 and the
corresponding lambda probes (1.1 and 1.2). The term "Bank 2" refers to the pre-catalyst
of cylinders 4, 5 and 6 and the corresponding lambda probes (2.1 and 2.2).

Cylinders 7 to 12

If engine control unit 2 has been selected using VAS 5051 (address 11), the term "Bank
1" in the context of lambda control refers to the pre-catalyst of cylinders 7, 8 and 9 and
the corresponding lambda probes (3.1 and 3.2). The term "Bank 2" refers to the pre-
catalyst of cylinders 10, 11 and 12 and the corresponding lambda probes (4.1 and 4.2).

24-123

Use:

ÿ The figure opposite shows the lambda probes, exhaust

manifolds and pre-catalysts. ÿ The engine is equipped
with a total of eight
7 1
lambda probes.
8 2

9 3 ÿ For reasons of clarity, the crankcase with the 12 cylinders

(numbers 1 to 12) is only shown schematically.
10 4

3.1 11 5 1.1

12 6 ÿ Lambda probes, exhaust manifolds and pre-catalysts

are, however, shown according to their installation in
the vehicle. ÿ The arrow indicates the direction of
travel.
4.1 2.1

4.2 2.2

3.2 1.2

A24ñ0350
24-124
Machine Translated by Google

I - Pre-catalyst for cylinders 1, 2,

3 ; also called -exhaust bench 1-

7 1 II - Pre-catalyst for cylinders 4, 5,

6 ; also called -exhaust bench 2-
8 2

9 3
III - Pre-catalyst for cylinders 7, 8,
10 4 9 ; also called -exhaust bench 3-
3.1 11 5 1.1

12 6 IV - Pre-catalyst for cylinders 10,

11, 12; also called -bench
4-exhaust
4.1 2.1
1.1 - Lambda probe 1 - G39 with heating
lambda probe, upstream of the catalytic

converter ÿ Exhaust bank 1 (cylinders

1, 2, 3)

1.2 - Lambda probe 2 - G130 with lambda probe

heater, downstream of the catalytic converter
4.2 2.2
ÿ Exhaust
bank 1 (cylinders
1, 2, 3)

3.2 1.2

A24ñ0350
24-125

2.1 - Lambda probe 1 - G108 with lambda probe

heater, upstream of the
catalyst ÿ
Exhaust bank 2 (cylinders
7 1 4, 5, 6)
8 2
2.2 - Lambda probe 2 - G131 with lambda probe
9 3 heater, downstream of the catalytic converter
ÿ Exhaust
10 4
bank 2 (cylinders
3.1 11 5 1.1 4, 5, 6)

12 6 3.1 - Lambda probe 1 - G285 with lambda probe

heater, upstream of the
catalyst ÿ
4.1 2.1
Exhaust bank 3 (cylinders
7, 8, 9)

3.2 - Lambda probe 2 - G287 with lambda probe

heater, downstream of the catalytic converter
ÿ Exhaust
bank 3 (cylinders
7, 8, 9)
4.2 2.2

3.2 1.2

A24ñ0350
24-126
Machine Translated by Google

4.1 - Lambda probe 1 - G286 with lambda probe

heater, upstream of the catalyst ÿ Exhaust
bank 4
(cylinders 10, 11, 12)
7 1

8 2
4.2 - Lambda probe 2 - G288 with lambda probe
9 3 heater, downstream of the catalyst ÿ Exhaust
bank 4
10 4
(cylinders 10, 11, 12)
3.1 11 5 1.1

12 6

4.1 2.1

4.2 2.2

3.2 1.2

A24ñ0350
24-127

Lambda regulation and lambda probes: control -

Working steps for cylinders 1 to 6
The following work steps concern cylinders 1 to 6, i.e. exhaust bank 1 (cylinders
1, 2 and 3) as well as exhaust bank 2 (cylinders 4, 5 and 6).

For the work steps relating to cylinders 7 to 12, i.e. for exhaust bank 3 (cylinders
7, 8 and 9) and exhaust bank 4 (cylinders 10, 11 and 12), refer to ÿpage 24-158.

General principle:

The aging of the lambda probes is checked when the “Readiness” code is
generated ÿpage 01-133.

24-128
Machine Translated by Google

Prerequisites for control:

Sealed exhaust system.

Coolant temperature 80°C min.

Use:

ÿ For targeted troubleshooting, the lambda control can be switched off by selecting
display group 99 via the “Basic setting” function or switched on again via the “Read
measured value block” function.

How the check is carried out

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and information system
and then select engine control unit 1 by entering “address” 01 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the engine must be idling.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function

1 “04 - Basic setting”.

A01ñ0122

24-129

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “030” via the keypad -2- to select “Display group number 030” and
789 confirm using the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the assigned value shown in display areas 1,

2 2, 3 and 4.
34

Use:

ÿ By increasing the engine speed, the assigned values are reached more quickly.

A01ñ0139

24-130
Machine Translated by Google

Use:

“Lambda probe status” indicates the operating status of the lambda regulation as well
as the various lambda probes.

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 030: Lambda probe status

Screen XXX XXX XXX XXX

Lambda probe status Lambda probe status Lambda probe status Lambda probe status
Display bank 1, probe 1 bank 1, probe 2 bank 2, probe 1 bank 2, probe 2
(cyl. 1, 2, 3 up cat.) (cyl. 1, 2, 3 aval cat.) (cyl. 4, 5, 6 above cat.) (cyl. 4, 5, 6 aval cat.)

Beach of 0 = hors circuit 0 = hors circuit 0 = hors circuit 0 = hors circuit

1 = and circuit 1 = and circuit 1 = and circuit 1 = and circuit

functioning

Value 111 110 111 110

assigned

Note Meaning of the display ÿ page 24-132

If the assigned value is reached although an anomaly is recorded in the fault memory
ÿCheck the learning values of the lambda probes as well as the regulation ÿ page 24-133

If the assigned value is not reached:

Check the lambda probe signal transmission cable and activation ÿ page 24-141
Checking the lambda probe heating ÿ page 24-145

ÿ The first digit of the three-character display (heating) fluctuates between 0 and 1 in certain operating states.
ÿ Lambda regulation of the lambda probes downstream of the catalyst (bank 1, probe 2 and bank 2, probe 2) is not active without
engine load; the value of the third digit of the three-character display is therefore 0.
24-131

Meaning of the 3-character display of display group 30

Meaning of the 3-character display of display group 030

XXX Display zones 1, 2, 3 and 4

X Lambda regulation: 0 = not active, 1 = active
X Lambda probe operating availability: 0 = not active, 1 = active
X Lambda probe heating status: 0 = not active, 1 = active

Use:

ÿ To carry out a targeted search for faults, it is possible to

turn off lambda regulation by selecting the group
display 99 via the “Basic setting” function or reset it
in circuit via the “Read measured value block” function.

ÿ When leaving function 04 “Basic setting”, lambda regulation

is automatically reactivated.

24-132
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Only continue the check when the display of zone -1- and that of zone -3- have reached
2 the value -111- at least once.
34

Lambda probe learning values and regulation: control

– Press the key twice to switch to the display group.

charge 032.
A01ñ0139

24-133

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 32: Lambda probe learning values at idle

Screen xx,x % xx,x % xx,x % xx,x %

Lambda learning value bank Lambda learning value bank Lambda learning value bank Lambda learning value bank
Display 1, probe 1, probe 2, probe 2, probe
1 at idle (zone 1) 1 at partial load 1 at idle (zone 1) 1 at partial load
(zone 2) (zone 2)

Operating mini : –25.0 % mini : –25.0 % mini : –25.0 % mini : –25.0 %

range- maxi : 25.0 % maxi : 25.0 % maxi : 25.0 % maxi : 25.0 %

ment

Assigned –5.7 ... 5.7% –15.0 ... 15.0 % –5.7 ... 5.7% –15.0 ... 15.0 %
value May vary slightly May vary slightly May vary slightly May vary slightly

Use If the assigned value is If the assigned value is If the assigned value is If the assigned value is
not reached ÿ pages not reached ÿ pages not reached ÿ pages not reached ÿ pages
24-138 and 24-139 24-138 and 24-139 24-138 and 24-139 24-138 and 24-139

24-134
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Press the key to switch to display group 033.

2
34 – Check lambda regulation (display zones 1 to 4):

A01ñ0139

24-135

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 33: Idle lambda regulation x,xxx volts

Screen xx,x % xx,x % x,xxx V

Lambda regulator Bank Tension sonde lambda Banc Lambda regulator Bank Tension sonde lambda Banc
Display 1 (cyl. 1,2,3) min: – 1 (cyl. 1, 2, 3) 2 (cyl. 4,5,6) min: – 2 (cyl. 4,5,6)

Operating 25.0% max: 25.0% 25.0% max: 25.0%

range

Assigned In the range between –10.0 ... 0.130 ... 3.600 V In the range between –10.0 ... 10.0%, the 0.130 ... 3.600 V
value 10.0%, the value must vary by value must vary by at least 2%
at least 2%.

Use If the assigned value is If the assigned value is If the assigned value is If the assigned value is
not reached ÿ page 24-137 not reached, see not reached ÿ page 24-137 not reached, see
Interpretation ÿpage 24-140 Interpretation ÿpage 24-140

Note regarding display areas 2 and 4: The display

shows the lambda probe voltage signal which has been processed and smoothed by the engine control unit.
The 1.5 V display corresponds to lambda probe 1.

24-136
Machine Translated by Google

If the assigned value is not reached in the display areas

1 or 3 (display group 33), or that it does not vary by at least
2%:

– Carry out a test run to clear the lambda probe

of possible residues and repeat the check.

If, following a test run, the assigned value is still not reached in display zones 1 and 3,
or if it does not vary by at least
minus 2%:

– Check the intake system for leaks and eliminate any stray air ÿ page 24-101.

– Check the lambda probe heating ÿ page 24-145.

– Check the lambda probe signal transmission cable

as well as activation ÿ page 24-141.

– Check the fuel pressure regulator ÿ page 24-49.

– Kinked or clogged fuel return line.

24-137

Interpretation of display group 32

Display areas: Possible causes of the defect Elimination of the defect

1 to 4

Lambda learning values ÿ Leakage in the intake area – Check the system for leaks
intake and remove parasitic air
below the ÿ page 24-101
range of assigned
values

ÿ Dilution of oil – Carry out an oil change or

drive the vehicle at high speed on
a road outside built-up areas

ÿ High oil consumption

ÿ Defective mass air flow meter – Check the mass air flow meter.
that ÿ page 24-84

ÿ The solenoid valve for the activated carbon tank remains – Check the solenoid valve for the activated
locked in open position carbon tank ÿ page 24-191

ÿ Fuel pressure too high – Check the pressure regulator of the

fuel ÿ page 24-49

ÿ The injector does not close – Check the injectors ÿ page 24-61

ÿ Defective lambda probe heater – Check the probe heating

ÿ Faulty lambda probe lambda ÿ page 24-145

24-138
Machine Translated by Google

Interpretation of display group 32

Display areas: Possible causes of the defect Elimination of the defect

1 to 4

Lambda learning values ÿ Presence of parasitic air in the intake area – Check the system for leaks
above the intake and remove parasitic air
ÿ page 24-101
range of assigned
values

ÿ Fuel pressure too low – Check the pressure regulator of the

fuel ÿ page 24-49

ÿ Defective mass air flow meter – Check the mass air flow meter.
that ÿ page 24-84

ÿ Defective lambda probe heater – Check the probe heating

ÿ Faulty lambda probe lambda ÿ page 24-145

ÿ The injector does not open or only opens partially – Check the injectors ÿ page 24-61

ÿ The solenoid valve for the activated carbon tank remains – Check the solenoid valve for the activated
blocked carbon tank ÿ page 24-191

24-139

Interpretation of display group 33

Display group
: 33

Display area: 2 / 4 Possible causes of the defect Elimination of the defect

Greater than 3,600 V ÿ Short circuit to positive pole in the connection cables between the – Check the probe cables
lambda probe and the control unit lambda upstream of the catalyst ÿ page
ÿ Faulty lambda probe 24-142

Less than 0.130 V ÿ Short circuit to ground in the connection cables between the lambda – Replace the upstream lambda probe
probe and the control unit of the catalyst
ÿ Faulty lambda probe

The causes of the defect may also be the following:

ÿ The slots or holes in the probe head are clogged.

ÿ The probe has been subjected to excessive thermal stress.

ÿ Passing resistance in the signal transmission cable
or the ground cable.

ÿ Probe too cold, probe heating does not work.

ÿ Probe damaged by contact spray or by a product
similar (contact spray is drawn into the probe through the fine cavities of the
electrical cables due to thermal fluctuations and capillary action).

ÿ Probe damaged by silicone vapors (the engine sucks

very fine silicone particles when using products
silicone-based sealant. These silicone particles are not
not burnt and damage the lambda probe).

24-140
Machine Translated by Google

Basic voltage of the lambda probes upstream of the catalyst

(cylinders 1 to 6): check

Mounting locations: overview ÿ24-5

– Disconnect the 6-pin plug connection leading to the corresponding lambda probe
upstream of the catalyst.
2 4 6
– Connect the multimeter between contacts 1 and 5 to measure the
tension.

– Turn on the ignition.

ÿ Assigned value: 0.400 ... 0.500 V

5

– Switch off the ignition.

If the assigned value is not reached:

1 3 A24ñ0139
– Check the lambda sensor cables.

If the assigned value is reached:

– Replace the lambda probe upstream of the catalyst, exhaust bank 1 (cylinders 1, 2
and 3) -G39 or the lambda probe upstream of the catalyst, exhaust bank 2 (cylinders
4, 5 and 6) -G108.

24-141

Lambda probe cables upstream of the catalyst: check

Mounting locations: overview ÿ24-5

– Disconnect the 6-pin plug connection (black) from the corresponding lambda probe
upstream of the catalyst -G39.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness leading to the engine
control unit 1, do not connect the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

24-142
Machine Translated by Google

2 4 6
– Check whether the following connection cables have any curvature.
pure.

Plug connection -G39 Control box

(bench 1 probe 1) VAG 1598/31
Contact Socket
5
1 70

2 71

1 3 A24ñ0139 5 51

6 52

Plug connection -G108 Control box

(bench 2 probe 1) VAG 1598/31
Contact Socket

1 13

2 14

5 12

6 15

24-143

– If necessary, remove the cable cut.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and Mounting
Locations”

– Check if the cables have a short circuit between them.

If the connecting cables are in good condition:

– Replace engine control unit 1 ÿ page 24-38.

24-144
Machine Translated by Google

Heating of the lambda probes upstream of the

catalyst (cylinders 1 to 6): check
Mounting locations: overview ÿ24-5

Prerequisites for control:

Coolant temperature 80°C min.

Lambda probe heater fuse intact.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

How the check is carried out

– Disconnect the 6-pin plug connection from the lambda probe cor-
3 5
upstream of the catalyst.

– Connect the multimeter between contacts 3 and 4 to measure the

1
resistance.

2
4 6 A24ñ0336

24-145

ÿ Assigned value at room temperature: 2.5 ... 4.4 ÿ

The resistance increases by about 4...6 ÿ when the engine has reached operating
temperature.

If the assigned value is not reached:

– Replace the corresponding lambda probe upstream of the catalytic converter.

next

If the assigned value is reached:

– Check the voltage supply to the lambda probe heater.

24-146
Machine Translated by Google

Lambda probe heater voltage supply: check

2 4 6
– Connect the multimeter between contacts 3 and 4 of the lambda probe
corresponding upstream of the catalyst to measure the voltage.

– Start the engine.

ÿ Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

5
Use:

In the function “Read measured value block”, display group 041/042, display area 2, it is
possible to observe, if necessary
1 3 A24ñ0139
if applicable, when the engine control unit activates and
disables lambda probe heating.

In case of no voltage:
2 4 6
– Connect the multimeter as follows to measure the voltage:
sion.

Plug connection Measuring point

Contact
5 Vehicle mass
3 (plus pole)

– Briefly operate the starter.

1 3 A24ñ0139 ÿ Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

24-147

If there is still no voltage:

– Check whether the connection cable from contact 3 of the plug to

Fuel pump relay via fuse has a break:
ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and Mounting
Locations”
2 4 6
If the voltage supply is correct:

– Connect the multimeter as follows to measure the voltage:

sion :

Plug connection Measuring point

5
Contact

4 (mass activation) Battery positive pole

from the device of
1 3 A24ñ0139 engine control)

– Start the engine.

ÿ Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

Use:

In the function “Read measured value block”, display group 041/042, display area 2, it is
possible to observe, if necessary
if applicable, when the engine control unit activates and
disables lambda probe heating.

– Switch off the ignition.

24-148
Machine Translated by Google

In case of no voltage:

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness leading to the engine
control unit 1, do not connect the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

2 4 6
– Check the following connection cable for breaks:

-G39 plug connection (bank 1 VAG 1598/31 Control

probe 1) Box Socket
Contact
5 4 5

Plug connection -G108 (bank VAG 1598/31 Control

A24ñ0139
2 probe 1) Box Socket
1 3
Contact

4 4

– If necessary, remove the cable break. ÿ Workbook “Current

flow diagrams, Troubleshooting electrical equipment and Mounting locations”

If the connecting cable is in good condition, but the ground supply for the lambda probe
heater is still missing:

– Replace engine control unit 1 ÿ page 24-38.

24-149

Basic voltage of the lambda probes downstream of the

catalyst (cylinders 1 to 6): check

Mounting locations: overview ÿ24-5

Base voltage: control

– Disconnect the 4-pin plug connection from the lambda probe cor-
respondent downstream of the catalyst.

– Connect the multimeter between contacts 3 and 4 to measure the

tension.

– Turn on the ignition.

ÿ Assigned value: 0.400 ... 0.500 V

– Switch off the ignition.

1 4
If the assigned value is not reached:
A24ñ0094
– Check the lambda sensor cables.

If the assigned value is reached:

– Replace the corresponding lambda probe downstream of the catalyst.

24-150
Machine Translated by Google

Lambda probe cables: check

– Disconnect the 4-pin plug connection from the lambda probe cor-
respondent downstream of the catalyst.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 1, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

– Check whether the following connection cables have any curvature.

pure.

Plug connection -G130 Control box

(bench 1 probe 2) VAG 1598/31
Contact Socket

3 68

1 4
4 69

A24ñ0094
Plug connection -G131 Control box
(bench 2 probe 2) VAG 1598/31
Contact Socket

3 10

4 11

24-151

– If necessary, remove the cable cut.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

– Check if the cables have a short circuit between them.

If the connecting cables are in good condition:

– Replace engine control unit 1 ÿ page 24-38.

24-152
Machine Translated by Google

Heating of the lambda probes downstream of the

catalyst (cylinders 1 to 6): check
Mounting locations: overview ÿ24-5

Prerequisites for control:

Coolant temperature 80°C min.

Lambda probe heater fuse intact.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

24-153

How the check is carried out

– Disconnect the 4-pin plug connection from the lambda probe cor-
respondent downstream of the catalyst.

– Connect the multimeter between contacts 1 and 2 to measure the

resistance.

ÿ Assigned value at room temperature: 1.0 ... 20.0 ÿ

If the assigned value is not reached:

– Replace the corresponding lambda probe downstream of the catalyst.

1 4
If the assigned value is reached:
N24ñ0996
– Check the voltage supply to the lambda probe heater.

24-154
Machine Translated by Google

Lambda probe heater voltage supply: check

– Connect the multimeter between contacts 1 (plus) and 2 (ground) to measure the
voltage.

– Start the engine.

ÿ Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

Use:

In certain operating states, the engine control unit “clocks” the ground for the lambda
1 4

probe heating, which means that in these specific states the ground is permanently
A24ñ0094
switched on and off. For this reason, the voltage display on the measuring device may
vary.

In case of no voltage:

– Connect the multimeter as follows to measure the voltage:

sion :

Plug connection Measuring point

Contact

1 (plus pole) Vehicle mass

– Briefly operate the starter.

1 4

A24ñ0094 ÿ Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

24-155

If there is still no voltage:

– Check whether the connection cable from contact 1 of the plug to the fuel pump relay
via the fuse has an open circuit: ÿ “Current flow diagrams, Troubleshooting electrical
equipment and Installation locations” folder

If the voltage supply is correct:

– Connect the multimeter as follows to measure the voltage:

sion :

Plug connection Measuring point

Contact

2 (ground activation from engine Battery positive pole

1 4
control unit)
A24ñ0094

– Start the engine.

ÿ Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage, variable if applicable

due

– Switch off the ignition.

In case of no voltage:

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness leading to the engine
control unit 1, do not connect the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

24-156
Machine Translated by Google

– Check the following connection cable for breaks:

Plug connection -G130 (bank VAG 1598/31 Control

1 probe 2) Box Socket
Contact

2 63

1 4
Plug connection -G131 (bank VAG 1598/31 Control
2 probe 2) Box Socket
A24ñ0094
Contact

2 6

– If necessary, remove the cable cut.

If the connecting cable is in good condition, but the ground supply for the lambda probe
heater is still missing:

– Replace the engine control unit ÿ page 24-38.

24-157

Lambda regulation and lambda probes: control -

Working steps for cylinders 7 to 12
General principle:

The aging of the lambda probes is checked when the “Readiness” code is
generated ÿpage 01-133.

24-158
Machine Translated by Google

Prerequisites for control:

Sealed exhaust system.

Coolant temperature 80°C min.

Use:

ÿ For targeted troubleshooting, the lambda control can be switched off by selecting
display group 99 via the “Basic setting” function or switched on again via the “Read
measured value block” function.

How the check is carried out

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and information system
and then select the engine control unit 2 by entering “address” 11 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the engine must be idling.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function

1 “04 - Basic setting”.

A01ñ0122

24-159

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “030” via the keypad -2- to select “Display group number 030” and
789 confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the assigned value shown in display areas 1,

2 2, 3 and 4.
34

Use:

ÿ By increasing the engine speed, the assigned values are reached more quickly.

A01ñ0139

24-160
Machine Translated by Google

Use:

“Lambda probe status” indicates the operating status of the lambda regulation as well
as the various lambda probes.

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 030: lambda probe status

Screen XXX XXX XXX XXX

Lambda probe status Lambda probe status Lambda probe status Lambda probe status
Display bank 1, probe 1 bank 1, probe 2 bank 2, probe 1 bank 2, probe 2
(cyl. 7, 8, 9 above cat.) (cyl. 7, 8, 9 aval cat.) (cyl. 10,11, 12 upstream (cyl. 10, 11, 12 aval cat.)
cat.)

Beach of 0 = hors circuit 0 = hors circuit 0 = hors circuit 0 = hors circuit

1 = and circuit 1 = and circuit 1 = and circuit 1 = and circuit

functioning

Value 111 110 111 110

assigned

Note Meaning of the display ÿ page 24-163

If the assigned value is reached although an anomaly is recorded in the fault memory
ÿCheck the learning values of the lambda probes as well as the regulation ÿ page 24-164

If the assigned value is not reached:

Check the lambda probe signal transmission cable and activation ÿ page 24-172
Checking the lambda probe heating ÿ page 24-176

ÿ The first digit of the three-character display (heating) fluctuates between 0 and 1 in certain operating states.

24-161

ÿ Lambda regulation of the lambda probes downstream of the catalyst (bank 1, probe 2 and bank 2, probe 2) is not active without
engine load; the value of the third digit of the three-character display is therefore 0.

24-162
Machine Translated by Google

Meaning of the 3-character display of display group 30

Meaning of the 3-character display of display group 030

XXX Display zones 1, 2, 3 and 4

X Lambda regulation: 0 = not active, 1 = active
X Lambda probe operating availability: 0 = not active, 1 = active
X Lambda probe heating status: 0 = not active, 1 = active

Use:

ÿ For targeted troubleshooting, the lambda control can be switched off by selecting
display group 99 via the “Basic setting” function or switched on again via the “Read
measured value block” function.

ÿ When exiting function 04 “Basic setting”, lambda regulation is automatically reactivated.

24-163

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Only continue the check when the displays in zones -1- and -3- have reached the
2 value -111- at least once.
34

Lambda probe learning values and regulation: control

– Press the key twice to switch to the display group.

charge 032.
A01ñ0139

24-164
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 32: Lambda probe learning values at idle

Screen xx,x % xx,x % xx,x % xx,x %

Lambda learning value bank Lambda learning value bank Lambda learning value bank Lambda learning value bank
Display 1, probe 1, probe 2, probe 2, probe
1 at idle (zone 1) 1 at partial load 1 at idle (zone 1) 1 at partial load
(zone 2) (zone 2)

Operating mini : -25.0% mini : -25.0% mini : -25.0% mini : -25.0%

range- maxi : 25.0% maxi : 25.0% maxi : 25.0% maxi : 25.0%

ment

Assigned -5.7 ... 5.7% -15.0 ... 15.0 % -5.7 ... 5.7% -15.0 ... 15.0 %
value May vary slightly May vary slightly May vary slightly May vary slightly

Use If the assigned value is If the assigned value is If the assigned value is If the assigned value is
not reached ÿ pages not reached ÿ pages not reached ÿ pages not reached ÿ pages
24-169 and 24-170 24-169 and 24-170 24-169 and 24-170 24-169 and 24-170

24-165

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Press the key to switch to display group 033.

2
34 – Check lambda regulation (display zones 1 to 4):

A01ñ0139

24-166
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 33: Idle lambda regulation

Screen xx,x % x,xxx volts xx,x % x,xxx V

Lambda regulator bank Tension sonde lambda banc Lambda regulator bank Tension sonde lambda banc
Display 1 (cyl. 7, 8, 9) min: 1 (cyl. 7, 8, 9) 2 (cyl. 10, 11, 12) min: -25.0% 2 (cyl. 10, 11, 12)

Operating -25.0% max: 25.0% max: 25.0%

range

Assigned In the range -10.0 ... 10.0%, the 0.130 ... 3.600 V In the range between -10.0 ... 10.0%, the 0.130 ... 3.600 V
value value must vary by at least 2%. value must vary by at least 2%

Use If the assigned value is not If the assigned value is not If the assigned value is not If the assigned value is not
reached ÿ page 24-168 reached, see reached ÿ page 24-168 reached, see
Interpretation ÿpage 24-171 Interpretation ÿpage 24-171

Note regarding display areas 2 and 4: The display

shows the lambda probe voltage signal which has been processed and smoothed by the engine control unit.
The 1.5 V display corresponds to lambda probe 1.

24-167

If the assigned value is not reached in display areas 1 or 3 (display group 33), or
does not vary by at least 2%:

– Carry out a test run to remove any residue from the lambda probe and repeat the check.

If, after a test run, the assigned value is still not reached in display zones 1 and 3, or does
not vary by at least 2%:

– Check the intake system for leaks and eliminate any stray air ÿ page 24-101.

– Check the lambda probe heating ÿ page 24-176.

– Check the lambda probe signal transmission cable

as well as activation ÿ page 24-172.

– Check the fuel pressure regulator ÿ page 24-49.

– Kinked or clogged fuel return line.

24-168
Machine Translated by Google

Interpretation of display group 32

Display areas: Possible causes of the defect Elimination of the defect

1 to 4

Lambda learning values ÿ Leakage in the intake area – Check the system for leaks
below the range of intake and remove parasitic air
ÿ page 24-101
assigned values

ÿ Dilution of oil – Carry out an oil change or

drive the vehicle at high speed on
a road outside built-up areas

ÿ High oil consumption

ÿ Defective mass air flow meter – Check the mass air flow meter.
that ÿ page 24-84

ÿ The solenoid valve for the activated carbon tank remains – Check the solenoid valve for the activated
locked in open position carbon tank ÿ page 24-191

ÿ Fuel pressure too high – Check the pressure regulator

fuel ÿ page 24-49

ÿ The injector does not close – Check the injectors ÿ page 24-61

ÿ Defective lambda probe heater – Check the probe heating

ÿ Faulty lambda probe lambda ÿ page 24-176

24-169

Interpretation of display group 32

Display areas: Possible causes of the defect Elimination of the defect

1 to 4

Lambda learning values ÿ Presence of parasitic air in the intake area – Check the system for leaks
above the range of intake and remove parasitic air
ÿ page 24-101
assigned values

ÿ Fuel pressure too low – Check the pressure regulator

fuel ÿ page 24-49

ÿ Defective mass air flow meter – Check the mass air flow meter.
that ÿ page 24-84

ÿ Defective lambda probe heater – Check the probe heating

ÿ Faulty lambda probe lambda ÿ page 24-176

ÿ The injector does not open or only opens partially – Check the injectors ÿ page 24-61

ÿ The solenoid valve for the activated carbon tank remains – Check the solenoid valve for the activated
blocked carbon tank ÿ page 24-191

24-170
Machine Translated by Google

Interpretation of display group 33

Display group
: 33

Display area: 2 / 4 Possible causes of the defect Elimination of the defect

Greater than 3,600 V ÿ Short circuit to positive pole in the connection cables between the – Check the probe cables
lambda probe and the control unit lambda upstream of the catalyst ÿ
ÿ Faulty lambda probe page 24-172

Less than 0.130 V ÿ Short circuit to ground in the connection cables between the lambda – Replace the upstream lambda probe
probe and the control unit of the catalyst
ÿ Faulty lambda probe

The causes of the defect may also be the following:

ÿ The slots or holes in the probe head are blocked.

ÿ The probe has been subjected to excessive thermal stress.

ÿ Passing resistance in the signal transmission cable
or the ground cable.

ÿ Probe too cold, probe heating does not work.

ÿ Probe damaged by contact spray or by a
similar product (contact spray is sucked into the
probe through the fine cavities of electrical cables due to thermal fluctuations and
the capillary effect).
ÿ Probe damaged by silicone vapors (the engine sucks
very fine silicone particles when using products
silicone-based sealant. These silicone particles are not
not burnt and damage the lambda probe).

24-171

Basic voltage of the lambda probes upstream of the

Catalyst (cylinders 7 to 12): check

Mounting locations: overview ÿ24-5

– Disconnect the 6-pin plug connection from the lambda probe cor-
upstream of the catalyst.
2 4 6
– Connect the multimeter between contacts 1 and 5 to measure the
tension.

– Turn on the ignition.

ÿ Assigned value: 0.400 ... 0.500 V

5

– Switch off the ignition.

If the assigned value is not reached:

1 3 A24ñ0139
– Check the lambda sensor cables.

If the assigned value is reached:

– Replace the lambda probe upstream of the catalyst, exhaust bank 3 (cylinders 7, 8
and 9) -G285 or the lambda probe upstream
from the catalyst, exhaust bank 4 (cylinders 10, 11 and 12) -G286.

24-172
Machine Translated by Google

Lambda probe cables upstream of the catalyst: check

Mounting locations: overview ÿ24-5

– Disconnect the 6-pin plug connection from the lambda probe by

upstream of catalyst -G39.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 2, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

24-173

2 4 6
– Check whether the following connection cables have any curvature.
pure.

Plug connection -G285 Control box

(bench 1 probe 1) VAG 1598/31
Contact Socket
5
1 70

2 71

1 3 A24ñ0139 5 51

6 52

Plug connection -G286 Control box

(bench 2 probe 1) VAG 1598/31
Contact Socket

1 13

2 14

5 12

6 15

24-174
Machine Translated by Google

– If necessary, remove the cable cut.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

– Check if the cables have a short circuit between them.

If the connecting cables are in good condition:

– Replace engine control unit 2 ÿ page 24-38.

24-175

Heating of the lambda probes upstream of the

catalyst (cylinders 7 to 12): check
Mounting locations: overview ÿ24-5

Prerequisites for control:

Coolant temperature 80°C min.

Lambda probe heater fuse intact.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

How the check is carried out

– Disconnect the 6-pin plug connection from the lambda probe cor-
3 5 upstream of the catalyst.

– Connect the multimeter between contacts 3 and 4 to measure the

1
resistance.

2
4 6 A24ñ0336

24-176
Machine Translated by Google

ÿ Assigned value at room temperature: 2.5 ... 4.4 ÿ

The resistance increases by about 4...6 ÿ when the motor has reached
its operating temperature.

If the assigned value is not reached:

– Replace the corresponding lambda probe upstream of the catalytic converter.

next

If the assigned value is reached:

– Check the voltage supply to the lambda probe heater.

24-177

Lambda probe heater voltage supply: check

2 4 6
– Connect the multimeter between contacts 3 and 4 of the lambda probe
corresponding upstream of the catalyst to measure the voltage.

– Start the engine.

ÿ Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

5
Use:

In the function “Read measured value block”, display group 041/042, display area 2, it is
possible, if necessary,
1 3 A24ñ0139
to observe when the engine control unit activates
and deactivates the lambda probe heating.

In case of no voltage:
2 4 6
– Connect the multimeter as follows to measure the voltage:
sion.

Plug connection Measuring point

Contact
5 Vehicle mass
3 (plus pole)

– Briefly operate the starter.

1 3 A24ñ0139 ÿ Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

24-178
Machine Translated by Google

If there is still no voltage:

– Check whether the connection cable from contact 3 of the plug to

Fuel pump relay via fuse has a break:
ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and Mounting
Locations”
2 4 6
If the voltage supply is correct:

– Connect the multimeter as follows to measure the voltage:

sion :

Plug connection Measuring point

5
Contact

4 (mass activation) Battery positive pole

from the device of
1 3 A24ñ0139 engine control)

– Start the engine.

ÿ Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

Use:

In the function “Read measured value block”, display group 041/042, display area 2, it is
possible, if necessary,
to observe when the engine control unit activates
and deactivates the lambda probe heating.

– Switch off the ignition.

24-179

In case of no voltage:

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 2, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.
2 4 6
– Check the following connection cable for breaks:

Plug connection -G285 Control box

(bench 1 probe 1) VAG 1598/31
Contact Socket
5 4 5

Plug connection -G286 Control box

A24ñ0139
(bench 2 probe 1) VAG 1598/31
1 3
Contact Socket

4 4

– If necessary, remove the cable cut.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and Mounting
Locations”

If the connection cable is in good condition, but the power supply

mass for lambda probe heating is still missing:

– Replace engine control unit 2 ÿ page 24-38.

24-180
Machine Translated by Google

Basic voltage of the lambda probes downstream of the

catalyst (cylinders 7 to 12): check

Mounting locations: overview ÿ24-5

Base voltage: control

– Disconnect the 4-pin plug connection from the lambda probe cor-
respondent downstream of the catalyst.

– Connect the multimeter between contacts 3 and 4 to measure the

tension.

– Turn on the ignition.

ÿ Assigned value: 0.400 ... 0.500 V

– Switch off the ignition.

1 4 If the assigned value is not reached:

A24ñ0094
– Check the lambda sensor cables.

If the assigned value is reached:

– Replace the corresponding lambda probe downstream of the catalyst.

24-181

Lambda probe cables: check

– Disconnect the 4-pin plug connection from the lambda probe cor-
respondent downstream of the catalyst.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness leading to the engine
control unit 2, do not connect the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

– Check whether the following connection cables have any curvature.

pure.

Plug connection -G287 (bank VAG 1598/31 Control

1 probe 2) Box Socket
Contact

3 68

1
4 69
4

A24ñ0094
Plug connection -G288 (bank VAG 1598/31 Control
2 probe 2) Box Socket
Contact

3 10

4 11

24-182
Machine Translated by Google

– If necessary, remove the cable break. ÿ Workbook “Current

flow diagrams, Troubleshooting electrical equipment and Mounting locations”

– Check if the cables have a short circuit between them.

If the connecting cables are in good condition:

– Replace engine control unit 2 ÿ page 24-38.

24-183

Heating of the lambda probes downstream of the

catalyst (cylinders 7 to 12): check
Mounting locations: overview ÿ24-5

Prerequisites for control:

Coolant temperature 80°C min.

Lambda probe heater fuse intact.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

24-184
Machine Translated by Google

How the check is carried out

– Disconnect the 4-pin plug connection from the lambda probe cor-
respondent downstream of the catalyst.

– Connect the multimeter between contacts 1 and 2 to measure the

resistance.

ÿ Assigned value at room temperature: 1.0 ... 20.0 ÿ

If the assigned value is not reached:

– Replace the corresponding lambda probe downstream of the catalyst.

1 4
If the assigned value is reached:
N24ñ0996
– Check the voltage supply to the lambda probe heater.

24-185

Lambda probe heater voltage supply: check

– Connect the multimeter between contacts 1 (plus) and 2 (ground) to measure the
voltage.

– Start the engine.

ÿ Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

Use:

In certain operating states, the engine control unit “clocks” the ground for the lambda
1 4

probe heating, which means that in these specific states the ground is permanently
A24ñ0094
switched on and off. For this reason, the voltage display on the measuring device may
vary.

In case of no voltage:

– Connect the multimeter as follows to measure the voltage:

sion :

Plug connection Measuring point

Contact

1 (plus pole) Vehicle mass

– Briefly operate the starter.

1 4

A24ñ0094 ÿ Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

24-186
Machine Translated by Google

If there is still no voltage:

– Check whether the connection cable from contact 1 of the plug to the fuel pump relay
via the fuse has an open circuit: ÿ “Current flow diagrams, Troubleshooting electrical
equipment and Installation locations” folder

If the voltage supply is correct:

– Connect the multimeter as follows to measure the voltage:

sion :

Plug connection Measuring point

Contact

2 (ground activation from engine Battery positive pole

1 4
control unit)
A24ñ0094

– Start the engine.

ÿ Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage, variable if applicable

due

– Switch off the ignition.

In case of no voltage:

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness leading to the engine
control unit 2, do not connect the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

24-187

– Check the following connection cable for breaks:

Plug connection -G287 (bank VAG 1598/31 Control

1 probe 2) Box Socket
Contact

2 63

Plug connection -G288 (bank VAG 1598/31 Control

1 4

2 probe 2) Box Socket

A24ñ0094
Contact

2 6

– If necessary, remove the cable cut.

If the connecting cable is in good condition, but the ground supply for the lambda probe
heater is still missing:

– Replace engine control unit 2 ÿ page 24-38.

24-188
Machine Translated by Google

Lambda sensors: removal and replacement

Deposit

Use:
In the engine compartment, looking from the front at the exhaust manifolds
of cylinders 1 to 6 (cylinder bank 1) or 7 to 12 (cylinder bank 2), it is possible
to distinguish 2 lambda probes per cylinder bank. These are the probes
upstream of the catalyst, not to be confused with those downstream of the
catalyst. The four probes downstream of the catalyst are not visible from
above.
To replace the corresponding lambda probe downstream of the catalyst, the
engine must be removed.

– Disconnect the plug connection of the corresponding lambda sensor ÿ

Installation location ÿ page 24-5.

3337 – Unscrew the corresponding lambda probe using the special tool
3337/9.

W00ñ0206

24-189

When refitting, please note the following:

Use:
ÿ When refitting, the lambda sensor cable must be reattached in exactly the
same place to prevent it from coming into contact with the exhaust pipe.

ÿ The thread of the lambda probe is coated with a mounting paste.

This paste must not penetrate into the openings of the probe.
ÿ Tightening torque 55 Nm.

24-190
Machine Translated by Google

Tank ventilation: check

Solenoid valve 1 for activated carbon tank -N80
(tank degassing valve): check
Mounting locations: overview ÿ24-5

Waterproofing: control

In the absence of power, the solenoid valve for activated carbon tank -N80 is closed.

– Remove the hoses from the solenoid valve for the activated carbon tank;
the plug connection remains plugged in.

– Connect an auxiliary hose to one of the connections on the solenoid valve for the
activated carbon tank.

24-191

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and information system
and then select engine control unit 1 by entering “address” 01 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the ignition must be on.

– Start actuator diagnostics and activate the solenoid valve to

activated carbon tank -N80 ÿpage 01-110.

A
VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:
A - 1st actuator tested

1 - Tank degassing valve -N80

1

ÿ The solenoid valve should produce a click...

ÿ ... and must open and close (checkable by blowing air into the auxiliary hose).

A01ñ0123

24-192
Machine Translated by Google

If the solenoid valve does not produce a click:

– Check the internal resistance of the solenoid valve for the tank at
activated carbon.

If the solenoid valve does not open or close properly:

– Replace the solenoid valve for activated carbon tank -N80.

Internal resistance: check

– Disconnect the plug from the solenoid valve for the activated carbon tank.

– Connect the multimeter between contacts 1 and 2 of the solenoid valve to measure
the resistance.

ÿ Assigned value: 22 ... 30 ÿ

If the assigned value is not reached.

– Replace the solenoid valve for activated carbon tank -N80.

If the assigned value is reached:

A24ñ0018

– Check the voltage supply ÿ page 24-194.

24-193

Voltage supply: check

Prerequisites for control:

Solenoid valve fuse for activated carbon tank intact. ÿ Binder “Current flow
diagrams, Electrical equipment troubleshooting and Mounting locations”

Fuel pump relay intact.

Use:

The voltage supply to the solenoid valve for the activated carbon tank is via the fuel
pump relay.

– Disconnect the plug from the solenoid valve for the activated carbon tank.

– Connect the VAG 1527 B voltmeter as follows:

mitten :

Plug connection Measuring point

Contact

1 Engine mass

– Briefly operate the starter (in doing so, the

engine starts).
1 2 V96ñ0749

ÿ The LED should light up

24-194
Machine Translated by Google

If the LED does not light up:

– Check whether the connection cable from contact 1 of the plug to the fuel pump relay
via the fuse has an open circuit: ÿ “Current flow diagrams, Troubleshooting
electrical equipment and Installation locations” folder

– If necessary, remove the cable cut.

If the LED lights up:

– Check activation.

Activation: control

– Connect the VAG 1527 B voltmeter to contacts 1 (plus) and 2 of

the sheet.

– Start actuator diagnostics and activate the solenoid valve to

activated carbon tank -N80 ÿpage 01-110.

ÿ The LED should flash

1 2 V96ñ0749

24-195

If the LED does not flash or remains lit continuously:

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness leading to the engine
control unit 1, do not connect the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

– Check that the following connection cable does not have any breaks or short circuits
to ground or to the positive pole:

Plug connection VAG 1598/31 Control

Contact Box Socket

2 64

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

1 2 V96ñ0749

If the connection cable is in good condition:

– Replace engine control unit 1 ÿ page 24-38.

24-196
Machine Translated by Google

Solenoid valve 2 for activated carbon tank -N333

(tank 2 degassing valve): check
Mounting locations: overview ÿ24-5

Waterproofing: control

In the absence of power, the degassing valve of tank 2 -N333 is closed.

– Remove the hoses from the solenoid valve for the activated carbon tank;
the plug connection remains plugged in.

– Connect an auxiliary hose to one of the connections on the solenoid valve for the
activated carbon tank.

24-197

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and information system
and then select the engine control unit 2 by entering “address” 11 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the ignition must be on.

– Start actuator diagnostics and activate tank 2 degassing valve -N333 ÿpage 01-110.

A
VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:
A - 1st actuator tested

1 - Tank degassing valve 2 -N333

1

ÿ The solenoid valve should produce a click...

ÿ ... and must open and close (checkable by blowing air into the auxiliary hose).

A01ñ0123

24-198
Machine Translated by Google

If the solenoid valve does not produce a click:

– Check the internal resistance of the solenoid valve for the tank at
activated carbon.

If the solenoid valve does not open or close properly:

– Replace the tank degassing valve 2 -N333.

Internal resistance: check

– Disconnect the plug from the solenoid valve for the activated carbon tank.

– Connect the multimeter between contacts 1 and 2 of the solenoid valve to measure
the resistance.

ÿ Assigned value: 22 ... 30 ÿ

If the assigned value is not reached.

– Replace solenoid valve 2 for activated carbon tank -333.

If the assigned value is reached:

A24ñ0018

– Check the voltage supply ÿ page 24-200.

24-199

Voltage supply: check

Prerequisites for control:

Solenoid valve fuse for activated carbon tank intact. ÿ Binder “Current flow
diagrams, Electrical equipment troubleshooting and Mounting locations”

Fuel pump relay intact.

Use:

The voltage supply to the solenoid valve for the activated carbon tank is via the fuel
pump relay.

– Disconnect the plug from the solenoid valve for the activated carbon tank.

– Connect the VAG 1527 B voltmeter as follows:

mitten :

Plug connection Measuring point

Contact

1 Engine mass

– Briefly operate the starter (in doing so, the

engine starts).
1 2 V96ñ0749

ÿ The LED should light up

24-200
Machine Translated by Google

If the LED does not light up:

– Check whether the connection cable from contact 1 of the plug to the fuel pump relay
via the fuse has an open circuit: ÿ “Current flow diagrams, Troubleshooting
electrical equipment and Installation locations” folder

– If necessary, remove the cable cut.

If the LED lights up:

– Check activation.

Activation: control

– Connect the VAG 1527 B voltmeter to contacts 1 (plus) and 2 of

the sheet.

– Start actuator diagnosis in engine control unit 2 and activate degassing valve 2 for
activated carbon tank -N333 ÿpage 01-110.

ÿ The LED should flash

1 2 V96ñ0749

24-201

If the LED does not flash or remains lit continuously:

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness leading to the engine
control unit 2, do not connect the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

– Check that the following connection cable does not have any breaks or short circuits
to ground or to the positive pole:

Plug connection VAG 1598/31 Control

Contact Box Socket

2 64

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

1 2 V96ñ0749

If the connection cable is in good condition:

– Replace engine control unit 2 ÿ page 24-38.

24-202
Machine Translated by Google

Electronic power regulation of the

engine (electric throttle control): check

Electric throttle control system: operation

In the case of electric throttle control, the throttle is not

not operated from the accelerator pedal via a cable. There is no
no mechanical connection between the accelerator pedal and the butterfly.

The engine control unit is informed of the accelerator position via two
transmitters connected to the pedal
(variable resistors, arranged in a housing).

The accelerator position (driver's wish) is a main input parameter for the
engine control unit.

The throttle is controlled, over the entire engine speed range, as follows:
that at all load states, by an electric motor (actuator of
throttle) located in the throttle control unit.

24-203

The throttle valve is controlled by the throttle actuator following instructions

from the engine control unit.

With the engine running (under load), the engine control devices
can open or close the throttle valves independently of the throttle position
transmitter.

It would be wrong to believe that the electric throttle control

consists of only one or two elements. The electric throttle control turns out
to be a system that includes all the components that determine the position
of the throttle, regulate it and
to monitor it, such as the accelerator position transmitter,
throttle control units, EPC warning light,
engine control, etc.

24-204
Machine Translated by Google

Throttle control unit -J338: check

Mounting locations: overview ÿ24-5

The following components are housed in the throttle control unit housing:

ÿ Throttle drive -G186. (This is an electric motor controlled by the engine control unit
1. This
electric motor opens the throttle acting in the direction
opposite to the force of the spring.)

ÿ Throttle drive angle sender 1 -G187.

ÿ Throttle drive angle sender 2 -G188.

Use:

ÿ The throttle control unit housing must not be open-

Green.

ÿ Angle transmitters are designed as potentiometers

(variable resistors). They transmit the throttle position to the engine control unit,
completely independently of each other.

ÿ Potentiometers cannot be adjusted mechanically. Adjustments are made within the

diagnostic function “04 - Basic adjustment” using the diagnostic system

embedded, metrology and information VAS 5051.

24-205

Throttle control unit: adaptation

During adaptation, the engine control unit learns the
different throttle positions with the ignition on and the
engine being stopped. These positions are recorded in the device
control. The two angle transmitters of the drive
butterfly valves provide feedback on the position of the butterfly valve.

If the throttle control unit -J338 or the control unit

the engine is removed and refitted or even replaced, or that the power supply
when the voltage of the engine control unit is interrupted, it
It is imperative to make an adaptation.

The learning (adaptation) process takes place:

ÿ automatically, if the ignition is switched on for at

least 10 seconds without operating the starter or accelerator pedal and the engine
control unit detects the “need to learn”. (However, it is not possible to check whether

The need for learning is only detected if the voltage values recorded by the

Angle sensors do not coincide within tolerance range

given with the currently measured values.

ÿ by initiating the basic setting (function 04), display group

060, with the ignition on.

24-206
Machine Translated by Google

Use:

During the automatic adaptation process, the engine does not start.

Special tools and workshop devices required

YOU 5051 ÿ VAS 5051 with VAS 5051/1

Prerequisites:

No faults recorded in the fault memory; query the fault memory ÿ page 01-16.

Engine off, ignition on.

W00ñ0706
Accelerator pedal not depressed.

Coolant temperature 10 ... 95 °C.

Intake air temperature 10 ... 90 °C.

Voltage supply to engine control unit greater than 12.7 V; check ÿpage 24-81.

24-207

Operations process

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and information system and
then select engine control unit 1 by entering “address” 01 ÿ page 01-9.

1
During this operation, the ignition must be on.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function

“04 - Basic setting”.

A01ñ0122

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “060” via the keypad -2- to select “Display group number 060” and
789 confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q
After pressing the Q button, the throttle actuator is first switched off.

A01ñ0130

24-208
Machine Translated by Google

The butterfly is then brought into the emergency running position at

by means of a mechanical spring located in the throttle control unit. The values that
the two angle transmitters deliver in this emergency drive position are recorded by

the engine control unit.

The butterfly is then opened by a certain value. If this value is

reached, the throttle actuator is switched off again. The
mechanical spring must then bring the butterfly, within a period of time
determined, in the emergency running position (closing) previously learned (spring
control).

Finally, the butterfly is closed by the butterfly actuator;

values that the angle transmitters supply to the throttle control unit are recorded by the
throttle control unit.
engine.

If the engine control unit turns the throttle actuator off

1 circuit when the vehicle is moving, this results in an accelerated idle with an effect
2 saw. The engine accelerates with a lot of delay.
3
4
VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– Check the assigned values of the throttle control unit

in display areas -3- and -4-.

A01ñ0139

24-209

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 060: Adaptation of the throttle control unit

Screen xx % xx % x –––

Throttle opening angle Throttle opening angle Step counter State of adaptation
Display learning
(angle transmitter 1) (angle transmitter 2)

Beach of 0 ... 8 ADP in progress

works- ADP correct
ERROR
ment

Value 3 ... 93 % 97 ... 3 % 8 ADP correct

assigned

Use At the end of the process If the message

adaptation, the learning “ERROR” is displayed:
step counter reaches the Questioning memory
figure of defects ÿ page
8 01-16
(It is possible that the If the assigned value
counter does not climb is not reached: ÿ
not continuously) Note, page 24-211

Use:

The abbreviation “ADP” in display area 4 stands for “Adaptation”.

24-210
Machine Translated by Google

Use:

If the adaptation process is interrupted by the control unit, possible causes of the fault
may be as follows:
ÿ The butterfly cannot close completely (e.g. dirty)
ment).
ÿ The battery voltage is too low.
ÿ The throttle control unit or connecting cable is
defective.

ÿ Plug connections (e.g. at the control unit of

butterfly) are loose, are not properly engaged
or the contacts at the plugs are corroded/bent.

ÿ The engine is started during adaptation or the accelerator pedal is operated.

ÿ The throttle body is under stress (check assembly).

threaded connection).

After the adaptation process is interrupted, the controller displays

“Function unknown or cannot be performed at this time”.
that the ignition contact is re-established (a few seconds),
the adaptation is carried out automatically again.

– End the “04 - Basic setting” function by pressing the button.

That .

24-211

V.A.G 1526 A V.A.G 1594 A Throttle drive angle transmitters:

control
Special tools and workshop devices required

ÿ V.A.G 1526 A

ÿ V.A.G 1594 A

VAG 1598/31 YOU 5051

ÿ VAG 1598/31

ÿ VAS 5051 with VAS 5051/1

G24ñ0021
24-212
Machine Translated by Google

The throttle valve drive angle senders -G187 and -G188 inform the engine control unit
about the throttle position. Both angle senders are located in the throttle control unit.

How the check is carried out

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and information system
and then select engine control unit 1 by entering “address” 01 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the ignition must be on.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “08 - Read measured value block”.
1

A01ñ0122

24-213

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “062” via the keypad -2 to select “Display group number 062” and
789 confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the assigned values for the potentiometer voltages of the electric throttle control
2 in display areas -1- and -2-.
34

A01ñ0139

24-214
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display Group 062: Electric Throttle Control Potentiometer Voltages

Screen xx % xx % xx % xx %

Opening angle of the Opening angle of the Transmitter 1 of Transmitter 2 of

Display papillon papillon accelerator position accelerator position
(angle transmitter 1) (angle transmitter 2)
Value 3 ... 93 % 97 ... 3 % 12 ... 97 % 4 ... 49 %
assigned (Idle value: (Idle value: 8 ... 18%) (Idle speed value: (Idle speed value: 4 ...
80 ... 90 %) 12 ... 18%) 13%)

Use:

The engine control unit converts the voltage values

angle transmitters in % based on 5 volts and displays these
percentages. (A supply voltage of 5 volts corresponds to
100 %.)

– Observe display areas 1 and 2.

– Slowly and fully press the accelerator pedal.

The % display in zone 1 should increase by

regular. The tolerance range between 3 and 93% is not fully used.

The % display in zone 2 must decrease steadily. The tolerance range between 97 and
3% is not used.
entirely.

24-215

Use:

ÿ The display of zone 1 increases and that of zone 2 decreases because

potentiometers (angle transmitters) work in a
opposite in the throttle control unit.
ÿ The voltage pick-up of one of the angle transmitters increases
thus towards 5 volts. (The more the throttle opens, the higher the voltage
is important and the more the value displayed as a percentage increases.)
ÿ The voltage pickup of angle transmitter 2 drops by 5 volts in
direction of 0 volts. (The more the throttle opens, the more the voltage drops and
the more the value displayed as a percentage decreases.)

– Complete the function “08 - Read measured value block” by pressing

pressing the key.

If the displayed values do not match what was described previously:

– Check the voltage supply and the connection cables of

throttle control unit ÿpage 24-217. Pay particular attention to plug connections that
may become disconnected or corroded.

– Check the accelerator position transmitters ÿpage

24-233.

24-216
Machine Translated by Google

Voltage supply to the throttle control unit:

control

– Disconnect the plug from the throttle control unit.

– Turn on the ignition.

2 4 6
– Connect the multimeter as follows to measure the voltage:
sion :

Plug connection Assigned value

Contact

5 2 + mass environ 5 V

2+6 environ 5 V

1 3 A24ñ0139 If the assigned values are not reached:

– Check the connection cables between the control unit

engine and throttle control unit ÿ page 24-218.

24-217

Connection cables: control

2 4 6
– Disconnect the plug from the throttle control unit.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 1, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

5
– Check that the following connection cables do not have
of cut-off or short-circuit to ground or to the positive pole:

Plug connection Control box

1 3 A24ñ0139
Contact VAG 1598/31
Socket

1 92

2 83

3 117

4 84

5 118

6 91

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

If no fault is detected in the cables:

– Replace throttle control unit -J338.

24-218
Machine Translated by Google

Throttle Control Unit -J544: Check

Mounting locations: overview ÿ24-5

The following components are housed in the throttle control unit housing:

ÿ Throttle drive 2 -G296. (This is an electric motor controlled by the engine control unit
2. This
electric motor opens the throttle acting in the direction
opposite to the force of the spring.)

ÿ Angle sender 1 of throttle drive 2 -G297.

ÿ Angle sender 2 of throttle drive 2 -G298.

Use:

ÿ The throttle control unit housing must not be open-

Green.

ÿ Angle transmitters are designed as potentiometers

(variable resistors). They transmit the throttle position to the engine control unit,
completely independently of each other.

ÿ Potentiometers cannot be adjusted mechanically. Adjustments are made within the

diagnostic function “04 - Basic adjustment” using the diagnostic system

embedded, metrology and information VAS 5051.

24-219

Throttle control unit: adaptation

During adaptation, the engine control unit learns the
different throttle positions with the ignition on and the
engine being stopped. These positions are recorded in the device
control. The two angle transmitters of the drive
butterfly valves provide feedback on the position of the butterfly valve.

If the throttle control unit -J544 or the control unit

the engine is removed and refitted or even replaced, or that the power supply
when the voltage of the engine control unit is interrupted, it
It is imperative to make an adaptation.

The learning (adaptation) process takes place:

ÿ automatically, if the ignition is switched on for at

least 10 seconds without operating the starter or accelerator pedal and the engine
control unit detects the “need to learn”. (However, it is not possible to check whether

The need for learning is only detected if the voltage values recorded by the

Angle sensors do not coincide within tolerance range

given with the currently measured values.

ÿ by initiating the basic setting (function 04), display group

060, with the ignition on.

24-220
Machine Translated by Google

Use:

During the automatic adaptation process, the engine does not start.

Special tools and workshop devices required

YOU 5051 ÿ VAS 5051 with VAS 5051/1

Prerequisites:

No faults recorded in the fault memory; query the fault memory ÿ page 01-16.

Engine off, ignition on.

W00ñ0706
Accelerator pedal not depressed.

Coolant temperature 10 ... 95 °C.

Intake air temperature 10 ... 90 °C.

Voltage supply to engine control unit greater than 12.7 V; check ÿpage 24-81.

24-221

Operations process

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and information system and
then select the engine control unit 2 by entering “address” 11 ÿ page 01-9.

1
During this operation, the ignition must be on.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function

“04 - Basic setting”.

A01ñ0122

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “060” via the keypad -2- to select “Display group number 060” and
789 confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q
After pressing the Q button, the throttle actuator is first switched off.

A01ñ0130

24-222
Machine Translated by Google

The butterfly is then brought into the emergency running position at

by means of a mechanical spring located in the throttle control unit. The values that
the two angle transmitters deliver in this emergency drive position are recorded by

the engine control unit.

The butterfly is then opened by a certain value. If this value is

reached, the throttle actuator is switched off again. The
mechanical spring must then bring the butterfly, within a period of time
determined, in the emergency running position (closing) previously learned (spring
control).

Finally, the butterfly is closed by the butterfly actuator;

values that the angle transmitters supply to the throttle control unit are recorded by the
throttle control unit.
engine.

If the engine control unit turns the throttle actuator off

1 circuit when the vehicle is moving, this results in an accelerated idle with an effect
2 saw. The engine accelerates with a lot of delay.
3
4
VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– Check the assigned values of the throttle control unit

in display areas -3- and -4-.

A01ñ0139

24-223

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 060: Adaptation of the throttle control unit

Screen xx % xx % x –––

Throttle opening angle Throttle opening angle Step counter State of adaptation
Display learning
(angle transmitter 1) (angle transmitter 2)

Beach of 0 ... 8 ADP in progress

works- ADP correct
ERROR
ment

Value 3 ... 93 % 97 ... 3 % 8 ADP correct

assigned

Use At the end of the process If the message

adaptation, the learning “ERROR” is displayed:
step counter reaches the Questioning memory
number 8. (It is possible of defects ÿ page
01-16
that the meter does not If the assigned value
don't climb in a way is not reached: ÿ
continue) Note, page 24-225

Use:

The abbreviation “ADP” in display area 4 stands for “Adaptation”.

24-224
Machine Translated by Google

Use:

If the adaptation process is interrupted by the control unit, possible causes of the fault
may be as follows:
ÿ The butterfly cannot close completely (e.g. dirty)
ment).
ÿ The battery voltage is too low.
ÿ The throttle control unit or connecting cable is
defective.

ÿ Plug connections (e.g. at the control unit of

butterfly) are loose, are not properly engaged
or the contacts at the plugs are corroded/bent.

ÿ The engine is started during adaptation or the accelerator pedal is operated.

ÿ The throttle body is under stress (check assembly).

threaded connection).

After the adaptation process is interrupted, the controller displays

“Function unknown or cannot be performed at this time”.
that the ignition contact is re-established (a few seconds),
the adaptation is carried out automatically again.

– End the “04 - Basic setting” function by pressing the button.

That .

24-225

V.A.G 1526 A V.A.G 1594 A Throttle drive angle transmitters:

control
Special tools and workshop devices required

ÿ V.A.G 1526 A

ÿ V.A.G 1594 A

ÿ VAG 1598/31
VAG 1598/31 YOU 5051

ÿ VAS 5051 with VAS 5051/1

G24ñ0021
24-226
Machine Translated by Google

The throttle drive angle senders -G297 and -G298 inform the engine control unit about
the throttle position. Both angle senders are located in the throttle control unit.

How the check is carried out

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and information system
and then select the engine control unit 2 by entering “address” 11 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the ignition must be on.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “08 - Read measured value block”.
1

A01ñ0122

24-227

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “062” via the keypad -2 to select “Display group number 062” and
789 confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the assigned values for the potentiometer voltages of the electric throttle control
2 in display areas -1- and -2-.
34

A01ñ0139

24-228
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display Group 062: Electric Throttle Control Potentiometer Voltages

Screen xx % xx %

Opening angle Throttle opening angle

Display of the butterfly
(angle transmitter 1) (angle transmitter 2)
Value 3 ... 93 % 97 ... 3 %
assigned (Idle value: (Idle value: 8 ... 18%)
80 ... 90 %)

Use:

The engine control unit converts the voltage values

angle transmitters in % based on 5 volts and displays these
percentages. (A supply voltage of 5 volts corresponds to
100 %.)

– Observe display areas 1 and 2.

– Slowly and fully press the accelerator pedal.

The % display in zone 1 should increase by

regular. The tolerance range between 3 and 93% is not fully used.

The % display in zone 2 must decrease steadily. The tolerance range between 97 and
3% is not used.
entirely.

24-229

Use:

ÿ The display of zone 1 increases and that of zone 2 decreases because

potentiometers (angle transmitters) work in a
opposite in the throttle control unit.
ÿ The voltage pick-up of one of the angle transmitters increases
thus towards 5 volts. (The more the throttle opens, the higher the voltage
is important and the more the value displayed as a percentage increases.)
ÿ The voltage pickup of angle transmitter 2 drops by 5 volts in
direction of 0 volts. (The more the throttle opens, the more the voltage drops and
the more the value displayed as a percentage decreases.)

– Complete the function “08 - Read measured value block” by pressing

pressing the key.

If the displayed values do not match what was described previously:

– Check the voltage supply and the connection cables of

throttle control unit ÿpage 24-231. Pay particular attention to plug connections that
may become disconnected or corroded.

– Check the accelerator position transmitters ÿpage

24-233.

24-230
Machine Translated by Google

Voltage supply to the throttle control unit:

control

– Disconnect the plug from the throttle control unit.

– Turn on the ignition.

2 4 6
– Connect the multimeter as follows to measure the voltage:
sion :

Plug connection Assigned value

Contact

5 2 + mass environ 5 V

2+6 environ 5 V

1 3 A24ñ0139 If the assigned values are not reached:

– Check the connection cables between the control unit

engine and throttle control unit ÿ page 24-232.

24-231

Connection cables: control

2 4 6
– Disconnect the plug from the throttle control unit.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 2, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

5
– Check that the following connection cables do not have
of cut-off or short-circuit to ground or to the positive pole:

Plug connection Control box

1 3 A24ñ0139
Contact VAG 1598/31
Socket

1 92

2 83

3 117

4 84

5 118

6 91

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

If no fault is detected in the cables:

– Replace throttle control unit -J544.

24-232
Machine Translated by Google

Throttle Position Transmitters: Check

The two accelerator position senders -G79 and -G185 are located on the accelerator
pedal and transmit the driver's request to the engine control unit 1 independently of each
other. The engine control unit 2 is informed of the driver's request by the engine control
unit 1 via the CAN data bus. Both senders are arranged in a housing.

How the check is carried out

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and information system and
then select engine control unit 1 by entering “address” 01 ÿ page 01-9.

1
During this operation, the ignition must be on.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “08 - Read measured value block”.

A01ñ0122

24-233

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “062” via the keypad -2 to select “Display group number 062” and
789 confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the assigned values for the potentiometer voltages of the electric throttle control
2 in display areas -3- and -4-.
34

A01ñ0139

24-234
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display Group 062: Electric Throttle Control Potentiometer Voltages

Screen xx % xx % xx % xx %

Throttle opening angle Throttle opening angle Transmitter 1 of Transmitter 2 of

Display accelerator position accelerator position
(angle transmitter 1) (angle transmitter 2)
Value 3 ... 93 % 97 ... 3 % 12 ... 97 % 4 ... 49 %
assigned

Use:

The engine control unit converts the voltage values

angle transmitters in % based on 5 volts and displays these
percentages. (A supply voltage of 5 volts corresponds to
100 %.)

– Observe display areas 3 and 4.

– Slowly and fully press the accelerator pedal.

The % display in zone 3 should increase by

regular. The tolerance range between 12 and 97% is not
used entirely.

The % display in zone 4 should also increase by

regular manner. The tolerance range between 4 and 49%
is not fully used.

24-235

Use:

The value displayed in zone 3 must always match

approximately double the value shown in zone 4.

– Complete the function “08 - Read measured value block” by pressing

pressing the key.

If the displayed values do not match what was described previously:

– Check the power supply and connection cables

accelerator position transmitters ÿpage 24-237.

– Adjust the accelerator pedal position transmitters.

ÿ Fuel supply - Gasoline engines; Repair group 20: Fuel supply; Throttle control:
reconditioning - Vehicles with electronic engine power control (electric throttle
control)

24-236
Machine Translated by Google

Voltage supply to accelerator position transmitters: check

– Remove the driver’s side storage compartment:

ÿ Bodywork - Interior assembly work; Repair group
68; Dashboard; Driver's side storage compartment: removal

– Disconnect the plug connection of the position transmitters from

the accelerator.

Use:

The plug connection is clipped onto the nearby pedal holder

from the brake light switch.

– Turn on the ignition.

2 64
– Connect the handheld multimeter to the following sockets of the plug
to measure the voltage:

6-pole plug of the Assigned value

wiring harness
Socket

2 + mass environ 5 V

2+3 environ 5 V
1 35
N23ñ0017 5 + mass environ 5 V

5+4 environ 5 V

24-237

If the assigned values are reached:

– Also check the signal transmission cables ÿ page

24-238.

If the assigned values are not reached:

– Check the connection cables between the control unit

engine and throttle position transmitters ÿ page
24-238.

Signal transmission cables and connection cables

between the accelerator position transmitters and the device
engine control: control

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 1, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

24-238
Machine Translated by Google

– Check that the following connection cables do not have

of cut-off or short-circuit to ground or to the positive pole:
2 64
Plug connection Control box
Socket VAG 1598/31
Socket

1 (transmission cable) 35
signals)
2 73

3 36

1 35 N23ñ0017 4 33

5 72

6 (transmission cable) 34
signals)

Cable resistance: 1.5 ohm max

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

If no fault is detected in the cables:

– Replace the accelerator position transmitters.

ÿ Fuel supply - Gasoline engines; Repair group 20; Fuel supply; Throttle control:
reconditioning - Vehicles with electronic engine power control (electric throttle
control)

24-239

Brake light switch -F and pedal switch

brake -F47: control
Since the injection system works by means of a
transmitter connected to the accelerator pedal (potentiometer), which can
be subject to a fault, the engine cut-off is activated for
for safety reasons when the brake is applied. For this purpose, the signal from the
brake light switch as well as the signal from the brake pedal switch must be present
in the control unit. Thus,
If the brake is activated while the accelerator pedal is constantly pressed, the engine
speed cut-off is immediately activated by the device
motor control. Improper adjustment of the contactors can
lead to unwanted cutting processes.

– Connect the on-board diagnostic, metrology and

VAS 5051 information, then select the control device
of motor 1 by entering “address” 01 ÿ page 01-9.
1
During this operation, the ignition must be on.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “08 - Read

the measurement value block”.

A01ñ0122

24-240
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “066” via the keyboard -2- to select the “Number
789 of display group 066” and confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

2 – Check the stop light/brake pedal switch in the area

3 display -2-.
4

A01ñ0139

24-241

– Observe the display shown in zone 2.

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 66: Signals transmitted to the engine control unit with the ignition switched on
what

Screen xxx km/h xxxx1000 xxx km/h xxxx1000

Speed (REAL) Switch positions Vitesse (ASSIGNEE) Cruise control

Display switch positions

Beach of Hors circuit = 0 Hors circuit = 0

works- And circuit = 1 And circuit = 1

ment

Value xxxx1000
assigned

Use Meaning of the numbers ÿ

page 24-243

– Operate the brake pedal.

24-242
Machine Translated by Google

Meaning of the 4-character display in zone 2:

xxxx Display area 2

1 Brake light switch

0 = Brake pedal not pressed
1 = Brake pedal pressed

1 Brake pedal switch

0 = Brake pedal not pressed
1 = Brake pedal pressed

0 Clutch pedal switch

0 = Clutch pedal not depressed
1 = Clutch pedal operated
1
Cruise control (GRA)
0 = GRA locked
1 = GRA unlocked

24-243

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 66: Signals transmitted to the engine control unit

Screen xxx km/h xxxx1011 xxx km/h xxxx0000

Speed (REAL) Positions of the Vitesse (ASSIGNEE) Cruise control

Display contactors switch positions

Beach of Hors circuit = 0 Hors circuit = 0

And circuit = 1 And circuit = 1

functioning

Value xxxx1011
assigned

Use The two displays on the

right should
go from 0 to 1;
switching points
are slightly
staggered

– Slowly release the brake pedal to the rest position.

– Both displays should change from 1 to 0.

If one or both displays do not change:

– Check the voltage supply ÿ page 24-245.

24-244
Machine Translated by Google

Voltage supply: check

– Remove the driver's side storage compartment: ÿ

Bodywork - Interior assembly work; Repair group
68; Dashboard; Driver's side storage compartment: removal

– Disconnect the 4-pole plug at the brake pedal.

– Turn on the ignition.

– Connect the handheld multimeter to the following sockets of the plug

to measure the voltage:

4-pole plug of the Assigned value

wiring harness
Socket

1 + mass Battery voltage

4-pole plug of the Assigned value

wiring harness
Socket

3 + mass Battery voltage

If the assigned values are reached:

– Check the connection cables ÿ page 24-246.

24-245

If the assigned values are not reached:

– Check whether the connecting cables between sockets 1 and 3 of the plug have an
open circuit or a short circuit to ground (take into account the fuse). ÿ “Current flow
diagrams, Troubleshooting
electrical equipment and Installation locations” folder

Use:

The numbering of the cells is indicated on the sheet.

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

Connection cables: control

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness leading to the engine
control unit 1, do not connect the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

24-246
Machine Translated by Google

Check the following connection cables for any

no cut or short circuit to the positive pole or to ground.

4-pole plug of the Control box

wiring harness VAG 1598/31
Socket Socket

2 56

4 55

Use:

The numbering of the cells is indicated on the sheet.

Cable resistance: 1.5 ohm max

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

If no cable break is detected:

– Replace the stop light/brake pedal switch.

24-247

Additional signals: control

Collision signal: control
The collision signal (“Collision Cutoff Triggered”) is transmitted
by the airbag control unit to both devices
engine control.

If the airbag control unit transmits the collision signal to the engine control units (in the
event of an accident or if
the airbag system actuator diagnosis has been carried out), the engine control unit
deactivates the fuel pump, i.e. the engine stops but can then be restarted (e.g. to move
the vehicle away from the risk area).

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to the engine control unit 1 or to the engine control unit
motor control 2, do not connect the control unit
of the engine ÿ page 24-31.

– Check that the following connection cables do not have

of cut-off or short-circuit to ground or to the positive pole:

24-248
Machine Translated by Google

Control box Control device of

VAG 1598/31 on harness air bag -J234
of cables - motor control app. Contact
1
Socket
67 ÿ Workbook “Partition diagrams”
current course, Troubleshooting
Electrical equipment and
mounting locations”

Control box Control device of

VAG 1598/31 on harness air bag -J234
of cables - motor control app. Contact
2
Socket
67 ÿ Workbook “Partition diagrams”
current course, Troubleshooting
Electrical equipment and
mounting locations”

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment
Troubleshooting and Mounting Locations”

If no fault is detected in the cables:

– Query the fault memory of the bag control unit

inflatable:
ÿ Bodywork - Self-diagnosis; Repair group 01; System of
BAE airbag (basic trigger unit) with side airbag: self-diagnosis; Fault
memory: interrogation
24-249

RPM signal: control

Use:
The signal is generated by the engine speed sender -G28 and
processed in the engine control unit.
The engine control unit outputs the engine speed signal
at contact 37.

– Check for cable break or short circuit between the device

engine control and the corresponding control unit.
ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment
Troubleshooting and Mounting Locations”

24-250
Machine Translated by Google

Air Conditioner Compressor Cut-Off: Check

Use:

ÿ The air conditioner compressor signal informs both engine control units that the
compressor will be switched on in 140 ms.

ÿ The engine control unit 1 has the possibility of switching off the air conditioner compressor
via the same connection cable.

ÿ The air conditioning compressor is cut off:

– within the framework of the relief program (operation of se-

course),

– once the basic setting has been initiated (function 04),

– via the BV control unit (kickdown function).

24-251

Prerequisites for control:

Air conditioner in good condition.

No faults recorded in the engine control unit fault memory.

Vehicle at room temperature (above +15°C).

How the check is carried out

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostics, measurement and information system, then
successively select engine control unit 1 by entering “address” 01 and engine control
unit 2 by entering “address” 11 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the engine must be idling.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “08 - Read measured value block”.
1

A01ñ0122

24-252
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “050” via the keypad -2- to select “Display group number 050” and
789 confirm by pressing the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Turn off the air conditioner.

2
34 ÿ Assigned value shown in display area -4-: Compr.
HORS CIRCUIT

– Switch on the air conditioner using the “Auto” button and set the air conditioner to
obtain the maximum cooling or heating capacity. The compressor must be running.

A01ñ0139

ÿ Assigned value shown in display area -4-: Compr. EN

CIRCUIT

24-253

If the display in zone 4 does not match what was previously described.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the corresponding cable harness leading to
the engine control unit, do not connect the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

– Check that the following connection cable does not have any breaks or short circuits
to ground or to the positive pole:

VAG 1598/31 Control and display unit -E87

Control
Box Socket Contact

41 ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams,

Electrical Equipment
Troubleshooting and Mounting
Locations”

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

– If no fault is detected in the connection cable, check the operation of the air conditioner.
ÿ Heating, air conditioner; Repair group 01; Air
conditioner: au-
todiagnostic

24-254
Machine Translated by Google

Data exchange between engine control devices

and control devices
compatible with CAN system: control
Use:

ÿ Data exchange between different control devices

is carried out via a bus system.
ÿ The term “CAN bus” refers to a transmission and re-
data partition.
ÿ The connecting cables between the control devices which
which allow data to be transmitted are called cables.
data transmission.
ÿ The data is transmitted in serial mode - i.e. successively - via these cables to the
various connected control devices (e.g. engine speed or gear position).

the accelerator).

24-255

Bus system: control

The fault table imposes the control of data exchange

between the engine control unit and CAN-compatible control devices.

– Check whether the multiple plug connections of the control devices-

command are properly secured.

– Connect the on-board diagnostic, metrology and

VAS 5051 information, then successively select the engine control unit 1 by
entering “address” 01 and the engine control unit 2 by entering “address” 11 ÿ
page
01-9.
During this operation, the engine must be idling.

24-256
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “08 - Read measured value block”.
1

A01ñ0122

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 Use:
789
Measured value blocks 125 and 126 display the devices connected to the propulsion
C0Q data bus.

– Enter the code “125” via the keypad -2- to select “Display group number 125” and
A01ñ0130 confirm by pressing the Q key.

24-257

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the displays in zones -1- to -4-.

2
34 The display shows the CAN-compatible control units connected to the engine control
unit:

ÿ No display: control device incompatible with

the CAN system

A01ñ0139 ÿ Display 1: Control device compatible with the system

CAN and connected to the data bus

ÿ Display 0: Control device compatible with the system

CAN but not connected to the data bus

– To switch to display group 126, press the key.

– Proceed in the same way as the check for the number of

display group 126.

– Complete the function “08 - Read measured value block” by pressing

pressing the key.

1 VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “06 - End transmission”.

A01ñ0122

24-258
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “00 - Query fault memory - Global system”.
1

ÿ Fault memory of all self-diagnostic systems of the

vehicle is then questioned

When a control device responds with its identification,

The display shows the number of faults stored or displays the message
A01ñ0120 “No defects recognized”.

Any faults stored concerning a given system are

displayed one after the other. The VAS 5051 then sends the next address.

If the display shows a fault “Powertrain data bus...” or “... CAN bus”:

– Check whether the vehicle is equipped with the corresponding versions of engine
control unit as well as other control units compatible with the CAN system (part
number and coding).

If the versions of control devices fitted to the vehicle are

correct:

– Check whether the multiple plug connections of the control devices-

command are properly secured.

24-259

If the multiple plug connections are correctly secured:

– Check the CAN bus system.

“Two-cable bus system”: control

Communication takes place between three control devices

or more via a “two-cable bus system”.

– Analyze faults stored in control devices.

Use:

This analysis allows the fault in the cable to be located.

24-260
Machine Translated by Google

Example 1:

The anomalies recorded in the fault memories allow us to conclude that there is no
connection between control device 1 and control devices 2 and 3.

X Anomalies recorded in the fault memory:

Apparatus of

command

1
ÿ No message from control unit 2

1 2 3
ÿ No message from control unit 3

A24ñ0258 2 ÿ No message from control unit 1

3 ÿ No message from control unit 1

– Switch off the ignition.

– Disconnect the control devices connected by the bus cables and check for a possible
break in one of the bus cables.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and

Mounting Locations”

– If no faults are detected in the bus cables, replace control unit 1.

24-261

Example 2:

The anomalies recorded in the fault memories allow us to conclude that there is no
connection between control device 2 and control devices 1 and 3.

Anomalies recorded in the fault memory:

Apparatus of

command
X
1
ÿ No message from control unit 2

1 2 3 2 ÿ No message from control unit 1

A24ñ0257 ÿ No message from control unit 3

3 ÿ No message from control unit 2

– Switch off the ignition.

– Disconnect the control devices connected by the bus cables and check for a possible
break in one of the bus cables.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and

Mounting Locations”

– If no faults are detected in the bus cables, replace the control unit 2.

24-262
Machine Translated by Google

Example 3:

The anomalies recorded in the fault memories allow

to conclude that there is no emission or reception at the level of
all control devices.

Anomalies recorded in the

Apparatus fault
of memory:

command

1
ÿ Powertrain data bus-
defective blower

2 ÿ Faulty powertrain data bus

3 ÿ Faulty powertrain data bus

– Switch off the ignition.

+ +
– Disconnect the control devices connected by the bus cables
and check if the cables have a short circuit to the positive pole
__ or to the ground.
ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

1 2 3

A24ñ0256

24-263

If the cause of the fault “Powertrain data bus faulty” cannot be found in the bus
cables, check whether the fault is attributable to one of the control units.

Prerequisite for control:

On-board diagnostic, metrology and information system

VAS 5051 connected and self-diagnosis of the selected vehicle.

All control devices using the CAN bus for communication are still disconnected. The
ignition is switched off.

– Connect one of the control devices.

– Turn on the ignition.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the corresponding system of the vehicle.

1
cool.

– Interrogate the fault memory of the previously connected control unit and then delete
its contents.

– Press the key.

A01ñ0120 – In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “06 - End transmission”.

24-264
Machine Translated by Google

– Switch off the ignition and then switch it back on.

– Leave the ignition on for 10 seconds. Using

from the fault reader, then read the fault memory of the previously
connected control unit.

– If the fault “Powertrain data bus faulty” is displayed, the previously

connected control unit must be replaced.

– If the fault “Powertrain data bus faulty” is not displayed, connect the
following control unit
and repeat the procedure.

24-265
Machine Translated by Google

Ignition system: check

General instructions for the ignition system ÿ The engine control
unit is
equipped with a self-diagnosis. ÿ In order to ensure that the electrical
components function correctly, a voltage of at least 11.5 V is required.

ÿ During certain tests, the control unit may detect a fault and record it. It is therefore
essential to interrogate the fault memory after all tests and repair work and, if
necessary, to delete its contents.

ÿ If, following troubleshooting, repair or component checks, the engine only starts for a
short time and then stalls, the immobilizer may be locking the engine control unit. It is
then necessary to interrogate the fault memory and, if necessary, adapt the control
unit.

28-1

Safety measures

To avoid personal injury and/or destruction of the ignition and injection system, please
observe the following:

ÿ Do not touch or disconnect the ignition cables while the engine is running or at cranking
speed.

ÿ Only disconnect or reconnect the battery with the ignition switched off, to avoid the risk
of damage to the engine control unit.

ÿ Only disconnect and reconnect the cables of the ignition and injection system - including
the cables of the measuring devices - with the ignition switched off.

ÿ To run the engine at cranking speed without starting (e.g. for checking compression),
disconnect the power output stage plug from the ignition coils and remove the injector
fuse. After completing the work, interrogate the fault memory and erase its contents.

ÿ Only wash the engine if the ignition switch is on.

coupé.

28-2
Machine Translated by Google

Ignition: technical characteristics

Engine reference letters AZC (6.0 l / 4 soupapes, 309 kW)

The ignition point is determined in the devices of

order
Ignition point adjustment is not possible

Ignition system 12-coil ignition system (the coil

ignition and the final power stage constitute a
common component) which are connected directly to
spark plugs via spark plug plugs
In order to access the ignition coils (spark plugs), it is necessary to
remove the side part of the
corresponding intake manifold ÿ page 24-104

Spark plugs Replacement part number and See spare parts catalog
manufacturer designation

Tightening torque 30 Nm

Firing order 1-12-5-8-3-10-6-7-2-11-4-9

28-3

Ignition coils: check

Use:

The ignition coil and the power output stage are a common component. In order to
access the ignition coils (spark plugs), it is necessary to remove the side part of the
manifold
corresponding admission ÿ page 24-104.

Control condition

No fault recorded regarding injectors

To detect an inactive or defective cylinder, proceed as follows:

– Check the misfire detection system ÿ page

28-13.

If misfires are detected:

– Continue checking at the displayed cylinder level ÿ “Once the

“faulty cylinder detected”.

28-4
Machine Translated by Google

If no misfire is detected:

– Compare the spark plugs of all the cylinders with each other and identify the
dirty electrodes.

Once the defective cylinder is detected:

– Swap the spark plug from the faulty cylinder with one from another cy-
relieve.

If the fault moves with the spark plug:

– Replace the spark plug.

28-5

If the fault persists at the cylinder level:

1 – Swap the ignition coil of the faulty cylinder with that of another cylinder.

2 – If the fault now occurs on the other cylinder, replace the cylinder.
ignition bin.

If the fault persists at the cylinder, check the ignition coil ground cable.

Ignition coil ground cable: check

A28ñ0050

– Disconnect the four-pole plug from the ignition coil corres-

pondant.

– Check that the ground connection between contact 4 of the 4-pole plug and the motor
ground is neither open nor short-circuited to the positive pole.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and

Mounting Locations”

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

If the ground connection is OK: check the voltage supply to the ignition coil ÿ page 28-7.
1 4

A24ñ0094

28-6
Machine Translated by Google

Voltage supply to the ignition coil: check

– Connect the hand-held multimeter to the next socket of the plug for
measure the voltage:

– Turn on the ignition.

4-pole plug of the Assigned value

wiring harness
Socket

1 4 1 + mass Battery voltage

A24ñ0094

Assigned value: approximately the battery voltage

If the assigned value is not reached:

– Check whether the connection cable from socket 1 to the relay

power supply -J271 via fuse has an open circuit.
ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

If the assigned value is reached.

– Check the final power stage ÿ page 28-8.

28-7

1
Final power stages of the ignition coils:
control
2
Use:

The ignition coil and the power output stage are a common component.

A28ñ0050
Power final stage ground supply: check

– Disconnect the four-pole plug from the ignition coil corres-

pondant.

– Check that the ground connection between contact 2 of the plug and
4 poles and the ground has no break or short circuit at the pole
plus.

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

If the ground connection is in good condition: check the activation of the power final
1 4
stages ÿ page 28-9.
A24ñ0094

28-8
Machine Translated by Google

Activation of the final power stages: control

– Remove the injector fuse

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting
and Mounting Locations”

Use:
No fuel injection should take place during the check.
otherwise the catalyst may be damaged. This is why it is advisable to
remove the fuse from the injectors.

– Disconnect the four-pole plug from the ignition coil corres-

pondant.

– Connect the VAG 1527 diode indicator lamp to the following contacts of the
ignition coil plug.

– Operate the starter for a few seconds.

Quadrupole sheet of the Assigned value

1 4
wire harness
A24ñ0094
Socket
3+2 The LED indicator
light should flash
(short pulse)

If the assigned values are not reached:

– Switch off the ignition.

28-9

Connection cables: control

Use:
The ignition coils of cylinders 1 to 6 are activated by the device
Engine control 1. Ignition coils of cylinders 7
to 12 are activated by the engine control unit 2.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to the engine control unit 1 or to the engine control unit
motor control 2, do not connect the control unit
of the engine ÿ page 24-31.

– Check that the connection cable between the four-pole plug and
ignition coil or power output stage level....
–

.... and the engine control unit has no open circuit or short circuit to ground
or positive pole.
ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting
and Mounting Locations”

1 4

A24ñ0094

28-10
Machine Translated by Google

4-pole ignition coil plug Contact of the housing of

VAG 1598/31 control
Contact 3 at the device level
engine control 1

Cyl. 1 102

Cyl. 2 110

Cyl. 3 94

Cyl. 4 111

Cyl. 5 103

Cyl. 6 95

4-pole ignition coil plug Contact of the housing of

VAG 1598/31 control
Contact 3 at the device level
engine control 2

Cyl. 7 95

Cyl. 8 103

Cyl. 9 111

Cyl. 10 94

Cyl. 11 110

Cyl. 12 102

28-11

Cable resistances: 1.5 ohm max.

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

If no fault is detected in the cables:

– Replace the ignition coil together with the final stage of

power.

28-12
Machine Translated by Google

Misfire detection system: check

Use:

The misfire display is carried out in the engine control unit 2 for all 12 cylinders.

How the check is carried out

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and information system
and then select the engine control unit 2 by entering “address” 11 ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the engine must be idling.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “08 - Read measured value block”.
1

A01ñ0122

28-13

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “014” via the keypad -2- to select “Display group number 014” and
789 confirm using the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the detection of combustion misfires in display areas -3- and -4-.
2
34

A01ñ0139

28-14
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display Group 014: Misfire Detection

Screen xxx tr/mn xxx % xxx ---

Engine speed Charge Sum of the failures of Misfire Detection

Display combustion combustion

Beach of Enabled
Blocked
works-
ment

Val. is. xxxx tr/mn 10...25 % 0 Enabled

Use If the assigned value If combustion misfires are

exceeded: check tion are to be expected for
combustion misfires - certain operating states of each
cylinder operation (eg.
ÿ page 28-17 warm-up phase,
power outage
in deceleration), the
misfire detection
combustion is blocked

If the assigned value is reached:

– Complete the function “08 - Read measured value block” by pressing

pressing the key.

If the assigned value is not reached:

28-15

– Press the key to switch to display group 015.

28-16
Machine Translated by Google

Detection of misfires in different cylinders:

control

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

2 – Check the misfire detection in display areas -1- to -4-.

3
4

A01ñ0139

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 015: Detection of misfires of cylinders 1, 2 and 3

Screen xxx xxx xxx ---

Number of misses Number of misses Number of misses Misfire Detection

Display combustion cylinder 1 combustion cylinder 2 combustion cylinder 3 combustion

Beach of Enabled
Blocked
works-
ment

28-17

Display areas
Value 0 0 0 Enabled
assigned
Use If the assigned value is exceeded: Interpretation ÿ page 28-23
---

28-18
Machine Translated by Google

– Press the key to switch to display group 016.

1

2 VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

3
4 – Check the misfire detection in display areas -1- to -4-.

A01ñ0139

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 016: Misfire detection of cylinders 4, 5 and 6

Screen xxx xxx xxx ---

Number of misses Number of misses Number of misses Misfire Detection

Display combustion cylinder 4 combustion cylinder 5 combustion cylinder 6 combustion

Beach of Enabled
Blocked

functioning

Value 0 0 0 Enabled
assigned
Use If the assigned value is exceeded: Interpretation ÿ page 28-23
---

28-19

– Press the key to switch to display group 017.

1

2 VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

3
4 – Check the misfire detection in display areas -1- to -4-.

A01ñ0139

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 017: Detection of misfires of cylinders 7, 8 and 9

Screen xxx xxx xxx ---

Number of misses Number of misses Number of misses Misfire Detection

Display combustion cylinder 7 combustion cylinder 8 combustion cylinder 9 combustion

Beach of Enabled
works- Blocked

ment

Value 0 0 0 Enabled
assigned
Use If the assigned value is exceeded: Interpretation ÿ page 28-23
---

28-20
Machine Translated by Google

– Press the key twice to switch to the display group.

1 charge 19.
2
3 VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:
4
– Check the misfire detection in display areas -1- to -4-.

A01ñ0139

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display group 019: Misfire detection of cylinders 10, 11 and 12

Screen xxx xxx xxx ---

Number of misses Number of misses Number of misses Misfire Detection

Display combustion cylinder 10 combustion cylinder 11 combustion cylinder 12 combustion

Beach of Enabled
Blocked

functioning

28-21

Display areas
Value 0 0 0 Enabled
assigned
Use If the assigned value is exceeded: Interpretation ÿ page 28-23
---

– Complete the function “08 - Read measured value block” by pressing

pressing the key.

28-22
Machine Translated by Google

Analysis of display groups 014, 015, 016, 17 and 19:

Number Possible causes of the defect Elimination of the defect

of misfires

Greater than 0 ÿ Faulty spark plug ÿ Faulty spark – Check spark plugs and ignition cables
plug plug ÿ Ignition coil or power output stage with plug
– Check the ignition coils ÿ page 28-4

– Check the final power stages ÿ page

28-8
ÿ Defective injector – Check the injectors ÿ page 24-61
ÿ Compression ratio control

28-23

Intake air temperature transmitter: check

The following description corresponds to the control of the

transmitter -G42. Control of the intake air temperature transmitter
2 -G299 ÿ page 28-29.

Mounting location of sender -G42 (mass air flow sensor -G70 and intake
air temperature sender -G42 are a common component) ÿ page 24-5.

– Connect the VAS 5051 on-board diagnostic, measurement and

information system and then select engine control unit 1 by entering
“address” 01 ÿ page 01-9.
During this operation, the engine must be idling.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “08 - Read measured value block”.
1

A01ñ0122

28-24
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “004” via the keyboard -2- to select the “Number
789 of display group 004” and confirm using the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

2 – Check the intake air temperature sender in

3 display area -4-.
4

A01ñ0139

28-25

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display Group 004: Intake Air Temperature, Engine Idling

Screen xxxx tr/mn xx,x V xxx,x °C xxx,x °C

Engine speed Battery voltage Liquid temperature Air temperature

Display cooling d’admission

Beach of –48,0...143,0 °C
works-

ment

Value xxxx tr/mn 12.0 ... 15.0 V 80,0...110,0 °C Between the temperature
assigned exterior and 110 °C 1)

1) If the displayed temperature differs significantly from the ambient temperature of the transmitter, check whether the transmitter
or its cables have passage resistances or electrical discontinuity.

Use:

With the engine cooled, the values shown in display areas 3 and 4 should be
approximately equivalent.

– Complete the function “08 - Read measured value block” by pressing

pressing the key.

28-26
Machine Translated by Google

Connection cables: control

– Switch off the ignition.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 1, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

– Disconnect the plug connection leading to the mass air flow sensor -G70 ÿ Installation
locations - Overview, page
24-5

– Check that the cables do not have any short circuits between them.

5-pole plug of the Control box

wiring harness VAG 1598/31
Socket Socket

1 27

Assigned value: infinite ohmic value (no connection)

5 4 3 2 1
A23ñ0058

28-27

– Check that the following connection cables do not have

of cut-off or short-circuit to ground or to the positive pole:

5-pole plug of the Control box

wiring harness VAG 1598/31
Socket Socket

1 26

3 27

5 4 3 2 1
A23ñ0058
Cable resistance: 1.5 ohm max

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

If no fault is detected in the cables:

– Replace the intake air temperature sender -G42

(with mass air flow meter -G70)

28-28
Machine Translated by Google

Intake air temperature sender 2 -G299: check

Mounting location of sender -G299 (mass air flow sensor -G246 and intake air
temperature sender 2 -G299 are a common component) ÿ page 24-5.

– Connect the on-board diagnostics, measurement and information system VAS 5051
and select engine control unit 2 by entering address 11ÿ page 01-9.

During this operation, the engine must be idling.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “08 - Read measured value block”.
1

A01ñ0122

28-29

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “004” via the keypad -2 to select “Display group number 004” and
789 confirm using the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 – Check the intake air temperature sender in

2 display area -4-.
34

A01ñ0139

28-30
Machine Translated by Google

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display Group 004: Intake Air Temperature, Engine Idling

Screen xxxx tr/mn xx,x V xxx,x °C xxx,x °C

Engine speed Battery voltage Liquid temperature Air temperature

Display cooling d’admission

Beach of –48,0 ... 143,0 °C

works-

ment

Value xxxx tr/mn 12.0 ... 15.0 V 80,0...110,0 °C Between the temperature
assigned exterior and 110 °C 1)

1) If the displayed temperature differs significantly from the ambient temperature of the transmitter, check whether the transmitter
or its cables have passage resistances or electrical discontinuity.

Use:

With the engine cooled, the values shown in display areas 3 and 4 should be
approximately equivalent.

– Complete the function “08 - Read measured value block” by pressing

pressing the key.

28-31

Connection cables: control

– Switch off the ignition.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 2, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

– Disconnect the plug connection leading to the mass air flow sensor -G70 ÿ Installation
locations - Overview, page
24-5

– Check that the cables do not have any short circuits between them.

5-pole plug of the Control box

wiring harness VAG 1598/31
Socket Socket

1 27

Assigned value: infinite ohmic value (no connection)

5 4 3 2 1
A23ñ0058

28-32
Machine Translated by Google

– Check that the following connection cables do not have

of cut-off or short-circuit to ground or to the positive pole:

5-pole plug of the Control box

wiring harness VAG 1598/31
Socket Socket

1 26

3 27

5 4 3 2 1
A23ñ0058
Cable resistance: 1.5 ohm max

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

If no fault is detected in the cables:

– Replace intake air temperature sender 2 -G299

(with mass air flow sensor -G246)

28-33

Coolant temperature transmitter -G62: check

Liquid Temperature Transmitter Mounting Location

cooling
ÿ page 24-5.

Prerequisite for control:

Cold engine.

How the check is carried out

– Connect the on-board diagnostic, metrology and

VAS 5051 information and select the control unit of the
motor 1 by entering address 01ÿ page 01-9.
During this operation, the engine must be idling.

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

– In field -1-, select the diagnostic function “08 - Read

1 the measurement value block”.

A01ñ0122

28-34
Machine Translated by Google

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1 - Enter the display group
1
Max input value = 255
123
2 456 – Enter the code “004” via the keyboard -2- to select the “Number
789 of display group 004” and confirm using the Q key.
C0Q

A01ñ0130

VAS 5051 On-Screen Display:

1

2 – Check the coolant temperature sender-

3 ment in display area -3-.
4

A01ñ0139

28-35

Display areas
1 2 3 4

Display Group 4: Coolant Temperature, Engine Idling

Screen xxxx tr/mn xx,xxx volts xxx,x °C xxx,x °C

Engine speed Battery voltage Fluid temperature Intake air temperature

Display (in steps of 40) cooling

Beach of mini : 0,000 volts

works- maxi : 15,000 volts

ment

Value xxxx tr/mn xx.xxx volts 80,0 ... 105,0 °C Outside temperature
assigned

Use - The temperature must

increase uniformly

- If the assigned value

is not reached,
check the transmitter as
well as the
connecting cables
ÿ page 28-37

Use:

With the engine cooled, the values shown in display areas 3 and 4 should be
approximately equivalent.

– Complete the function “08 - Read measured value block” by pressing

pressing the key.
28-36
Machine Translated by Google

Connection cables: control

– Switch off the ignition.

– Disconnect the transmitter plug.

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 1, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

– Check that the connection cable between the 4-pole plug ...

...and the engine control unit does not have a cut-off

–

nor short circuit to ground or to the positive pole.

28-37

3
4-pole plug of the Control box
wiring harness VAG 1598/31
Socket Socket

3 108

4 93

Cable resistance: 1.5 ohm max

4
A24ñ0247 – If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.
ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

If no fault is detected in the cables:

– Replace the coolant temperature sender-

ment -G62.

28-38
Machine Translated by Google

Engine speed sender -G28: check

Use:

The engine speed transmitter is designed on the principle of the Hall transmitter.

The signal from the transmitter is routed to both engine control units; however, it is
supplied with voltage by engine control unit 1.

The engine speed transmitter transmits the speed as well as the position of the reference
mark.
When the vehicle is raised and the wheels are turned fully to the left, the speed sender
is accessible between the left front wheel and the fender.

Engine speed transmitter: check

Transmitter location ÿ page 24-5.

– Check that the transmitter is correctly mounted and secured before

carry out the check.

– No chips or signs of damage to the speed transmitter or transmitter crown.

28-39

Engine speed sender voltage supply: check

– Disconnect the engine speed sender plug.

– Connect the VAG 1526 hand-held multimeter (voltage measurement)

to sockets 1 (pole +) and 3 (ground) of the plug.

– Turn on the ignition.

Assigned value: approximately 5 volts

If the assigned values are not reached, check the connecting cables.

1 3

A24ñ0096 Connecting cables between engine speed sender and engine control units: check

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness leading to the engine
control unit 1, do not connect the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

28-40
Machine Translated by Google

– Check that the connection cable connecting the engine speed transmitter ...

.... the engine control unit 1 has no open circuit or short circuit to ground or positive
–

pole.

Three-pole plug of the Control box

wiring harness VAG 1598/31
Socket Socket
1 3

A24ñ0096 1 (plus pole) 2 98

(signal) 82

3 (mass) 90

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 2, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

28-41

– Check that the connection cable connecting the engine speed transmitter ...

.... the engine control unit 2 has no open circuit or short circuit to ground or positive
–

pole.

Three-pole plug of the Control box

wiring harness VAG 1598/31
Socket Socket
1 3

A24ñ0096 2 (signal) 82

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

If no fault is detected in the cables:

– Run the engine slowly and check the concentricity as well

than the transmitter crown attachment.

– If the checks carried out so far have not revealed any

fault, replace engine control unit ÿ page
24-38.

28-42
Machine Translated by Google

Anti-knock regulation: control of the stop of

regulation
If the memory has recorded a fault “Anti-knock regulation/limit of
regulation reached”, it is necessary to carry out the following checks.

Possible causes of the defect Elimination of the defect

Fault recorded ÿ Poor fuel quality – Use a better quality fuel (see Instructions
for all cylinders for Use)

or ÿ Incorrect knock sensor tightening torque – Loosen the knock sensor and
Fault recorded lock it at 20 Nm
for a row of
cylinders
ÿ Defective knock sensor – Check the knock sensor ÿ
page 28-44
ÿ Corroded plug connection

ÿ Loose parts at the mo- – Fix the attached parts

tor

Fault recorded ÿ Engine damage – Control the compression ratio

for a cylinder

ÿ Loose parts at the mo- – Fix the attached parts

tor

28-43

Knock sensors: control

The following description corresponds to the control of the detectors of
knock -G61 and -G66. Check knock sensors -G198
and -G199 ÿ page 28-47.
Use:
ÿ The knock sensor -G61 detects combustion-related noises in cylinders 1, 2
and 3; the knock sensor -G66 detects combustion-related noises in cylinders
4, 5 and 6.
ÿ It is imperative to respect the tightening torque of 20 Nm to guarantee the
correct operation of the knock detectors.
ÿ For the repair of the contacts of the plug connection of the knock detectors, use only
gold-plated contacts.
ÿ Check if the plug connection between the knock sensor and the
wire harness is corroded.

Knock sensors: control

Mounting location of plug connections ÿ page 24-5.

– Disconnect the plug connection of the knock sensor corres-

laying in the engine compartment.

28-44
Machine Translated by Google

– Check whether the three contacts of the knock sensor plug have a short circuit
between them (contact 1+2, 1+3, 2+3).

Assigned value: Cables must not be connected to each other (value

infinite ohmic)

– If a cable connection is found, replace the detector.

clicking.

3 1
– If no short circuit is detected, check the detector cables.
A24ñ0089 clicking noises.

Connecting cables from knock sensors to engine control unit: check

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 1, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

– Check that the connection cable connecting the corresponding detector connector ...

... the engine control unit does not have a cut-off

–

nor short circuit to ground or to the positive pole.

1 3

A24ñ0096

28-45

Knock sensor 1 -G61 (cylinders 1, 2 and 3)

Three-pole plug of the Control box

wiring harness VAG 1598/31
Socket Socket

1 (mass) 99

2 (signal) 106

3 (shield) 108

Knock Sensor 2 -G66 (cylinders 4, 5 and 6)

Three-pole plug of the Control box

wiring harness VAG 1598/31
Socket Socket

1 (mass) 99

2 (signal) 107

3 (shield) 108

Cable resistance: 1.5 ohm max

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

28-46
Machine Translated by Google

Knock sensors -G198 and -G199: control

Use:

ÿ Knock sensor -G198 detects combustion-related noises in cylinders 7, 8 and 9;

knock sensor -G199 detects combustion-related noises in cylinders 10, 11 and 12.

ÿ It is imperative to respect the tightening torque of 20 Nm to guarantee the correct

operation of the knock detectors.
ÿ For the repair of the contacts of the plug connection of the knock detectors, use only
gold-plated contacts.
ÿ Check if the plug connection between the knock sensor and the
wire harness is corroded.

Knock sensors: control

Mounting location of plug connections ÿ page 24-5.

– Disconnect the plug connection of the knock sensor corres-

laying in the engine compartment.

28-47

– Check whether the three contacts of the knock sensor plug have a short circuit
between them (contact 1+2, 1+3, 2+3).

Assigned value: Cables must not be connected to each other (value

infinite ohmic)

– If a cable connection is found, replace the detector.

clicking.

3 1
– If no short circuit is detected, check the detector cables.
A24ñ0089 clicking noises.

Connecting cables from knock sensors to engine control unit: check

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 2, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

– Check that the connection cable connecting the corresponding detector connector ...

... the engine control unit does not have a cut-off

–

nor short circuit to ground or to the positive pole.

1 3

A24ñ0096

28-48
Machine Translated by Google

Knock sensor 3 -G198 (cylinders 7, 8 and 9)

Three-pole plug of the Control box

wiring harness VAG 1598/31
Socket Socket

1 (mass) 99

2 (signal) 106

3 (shield) 108

Knock sensor 4 -G199 (cylinders 10, 11 and 12)

Three-pole plug of the Control box

wiring harness VAG 1598/31
Socket Socket

1 (mass) 99

2 (signal) 107

3 (shield) 108

Cable resistance: 1.5 ohm max

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit.

ÿ Workbook “Current Flow Diagrams, Electrical Equipment Troubleshooting and
Mounting Locations”

28-49

Hall transmitters (position sensors)

camshafts): control

The following description corresponds to the control of transmitters

Hall transmitters -G40 and -G300. Hall transmitters control -G163
et -G301 ÿ page 28-47.

Use:

ÿ Hall transmitters: mounting location ÿ page 24-5.

ÿ Hall transmitter -G40 senses the position of the camshaft
cylinder bank 1 intake (cylinders 1 to 6)
ÿ Hall transmitter -G300 senses the position of the camshaft
Exhaust from cylinder bank 1 (cylinders 1 to 6)
ÿ For the repair of the contacts of the plug connection of the
Hall transmitters, use only gold contacts.

28-50
Machine Translated by Google

Voltage supply of Hall transmitters: control

– Disconnect the plug from the corresponding Hall transmitter.

– Connect the VAG 1526 hand-held multimeter to sockets 1 (pole +)

and 3 (ground) of the plug to measure the voltage.

– Turn on the ignition.

Assigned value: approximately 5 volts

If the assigned values are not reached, check the cables of

connection.
1 3

A24ñ0096 Connecting cables between the Hall transmitter and the device
engine control: control

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 1, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

28-51

– Check that the connecting cable connecting the Hall transmitter ...

... the engine control unit does not have a cut-off

nor short circuit to ground or to the positive pole.

Hall Sensor -G40 (Intake Camshaft, Cyl. 1-6)

Three-pole plug of the Control box

wiring harness VAG 1598/31
1 3
Socket Socket
A24ñ0096

1 (plus pole) 2 98

(signal) 86

3 (mass) 108

Hall transmitter -G300 (exhaust camshaft, cyl. 1 to

6)

Three-pole plug of the Control box

wiring harness VAG 1598/31
Socket Socket

1 (plus pole) 98

2 (signal) 87

3 (mass) 108

28-52
Machine Translated by Google

Cable resistance: 1.5 ohm max

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit. ÿ Workbook “Current flow
diagrams, Troubleshooting electrical equipment and Mounting locations”

If no fault is detected in the cables and a voltage was nevertheless applied between
contacts 1+3:

– Replace the corresponding Hall transmitter.

28-53

Hall transmitters -G163 and -G301: control

Use:

ÿ Hall transmitters: mounting location ÿ page 24-5. ÿ Hall transmitter -G163 senses
the camshaft position
cylinder bank 2 intake (cylinders 7 to 12)
ÿ Hall sender -G301 senses the position of the exhaust camshaft of cylinder bank 2
(cylinders 7 to 12)
ÿ For the restoration of the contacts of the plug connection of the Hall transmitters, use
only gold-plated contacts.

28-54
Machine Translated by Google

Voltage supply of Hall transmitters: control

– Disconnect the plug from the corresponding Hall transmitter.

– Connect the VAG 1526 hand-held multimeter to sockets 1 (pole +)

and 3 (ground) of the plug to measure the voltage.

– Turn on the ignition.

Assigned value: approximately 5 volts

If the assigned values are not reached, check the cables of

connection.
1 3

A24ñ0096 Connecting cables between the Hall transmitter and the device
engine control: control

– Connect the VAG 1598/31 control box to the wiring harness

leading to engine control unit 2, do not connect
the engine control unit ÿ page 24-31.

28-55

– Check that the connecting cable connecting the Hall transmitter ...

... the engine control unit does not have a cut-off

nor short circuit to ground or to the positive pole.

Hall Sender -G163 (Intake Camshaft, Cyl. 7 to 12)

Three-pole plug of the Control box

wiring harness VAG 1598/31
3
1
Socket Socket
A24ñ0096
1 (plus pole) 2 98

(signal) 86

3 (mass) 108

Hall Sender -G301 (Exhaust Camshaft, Cyl. 7 to

12)

Three-pole plug of the Control box

wiring harness VAG 1598/31
Socket Socket

1 (plus pole) 98

2 (signal) 87

3 (mass) 108

28-56
Machine Translated by Google

Cable resistance: 1.5 ohm max

– If necessary, remove the cable break or short circuit. ÿ Workbook

“Current flow diagrams, Troubleshooting electrical equipment and
Mounting locations”

If no fault is detected in the cables and a voltage was nevertheless

applied between contacts 1+3:

– Replace the corresponding Hall transmitter.

28-57